DS311 (B)

Original instructions
7849D07186 en
DS311 Operator’s manual

DS311 OPERATOR’S MANUAL
WARNING
IGNORING INSTRUCTIONS HAZARD!
To avoid death or injuries you MUST read, understand and follow

operator’s and maintenance manuals instructions before installing,
inspecting, operating, servicing, testing, cleaning, transporting,
storing, dismantling or disposing of the product or a part or
accessory of the product.
2 (310) Copyright © Sandvik Mining and Construction

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
OPERATOR’S MANUAL DS311
DISCLAIMER
Sandvik Mining is committed to providing world class machinery and services. That commitment is
underpinned by robust health, safety and welfare policies and procedures based upon, so far as is
reasonably practicable, the elimination and control of risks and hazards while using the machinery
for the purposes for which it is intended.
The machine was designed and manufactured in accordance with legislative requirements at the
time of its design and manufacture. The machine was supplied with the necessary approvals and
certifications required to meet the technical, engineering and regulatory requirements for the pur-
pose for which it was designed and manufactured.
The contents of the unit documentation apply to the machine as it was at the date of supply and
when the unit documentation was approved for distribution. Sandvik Mining reserves its right to
revise the information contained in the unit documentation at any time.
You must not amend, alter or otherwise vary the contents of this publication (or any written docu-
ment supplied by Sandvik) including the drawings, graphics and other information contained therein
without prior written permission from Sandvik. Where permission is granted, Sandvik accepts no
responsibility and is not liable for damages produced by any amendments, alterations or variations
to the contents.
The information provided in the unit documentation for this machine is considered appropriate for
the purpose for which it was designed and manufactured provided no non-approved modification is
done to the machine. A “Non-Approved Modification” also means a modification to any part of a
Sandvik machine or equipment; component part of a Sandvik machine or equipment; or any other
modification of anything provided for use by Sandvik in conjunction with a Sandvik machine or
equipment. It is also essential that you only use OEM replacement parts if parts have to be
replaced. Failure to use OEM parts may cause personal injury and/ or damage to the equipment.
WARNING! Any non-approved modification to the machinery or equipment could cause inju-
ries or death. You MUST always obtain written permission from Sandvik if you want to mod-
ify any aspect of the machine or equipment.
However, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, Sandvik does not accept any liability or responsibil-
ity for:
a) any direct or indirect damage you or any third party may incur which arises directly or indi-
rectly from your or their use of or reliance on this document or any of its contents; and/or
b) the information contained in the document being misused, misinterpreted, ignored or

amended including any direct or indirect damage arising as a result of same.
Copyright © Sandvik Mining and Construction 3 (310)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this disclaimer excludes or limits any obligation or liability if
such obligation or liability is unable to be excluded or limited pursuant to applicable law. The
owner of the machine is put on notice that he/she cannot shift his/her statutory obligations to
anyone else with respect to health, safety and welfare for operating the machinery.
WARNING! The Owner (or possessor) of the equipment must undertake its own risk
assessment before equipment may be used on site. Although Sandvik has taken the actions
described above, the Owner of the equipment has specific knowledge respecting local
conditions where the machine is being operated and maintained. THEREFORE, careful risk
assessment (reference to ISO 12100, figure 1, risk reduction process) including risk controls
needed that arise from operation and maintenance of the equipment on site MUST also be
undertaken by the Owner.
This publication, including the drawings, graphics and other information contained therein, is
subject to copyright. Except as specifically authorized by the Copyright Act 1968, no part of this
document may in any form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, micro copying,
photocopying, recording or otherwise) be reproduced, published, stored in a retrieval system,
transmitted or used in a way that is detrimental to Sandvik’s interest without prior permission from
Sandvik.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Table of Contents
1. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................... 12
1.1. The purpose of instructions........................................................... 12
1.2. Identification .................................................................................... 12

1.2.1. Product type and serial number .................................................................... 12
1.2.2. Product manufacturer ................................................................................... 13
1.2.3. Manuals ........................................................................................................ 13
1.2.4. How to identify the correct manual for the product ....................................... 13
1.2.5. Validity of the manuals ................................................................................. 13
1.2.6. Marking of the product .................................................................................. 14
1.3. Copyright notice.............................................................................. 15
1.4. Definitions ....................................................................................... 15

2. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS ................................... 18
2.1. Safety labels, safety messages and signals................................. 18

2.1.1. Signal words ................................................................................................. 18
2.1.2. General hazard symbol ................................................................................ 18
2.1.3. Mandatory actions symbols .......................................................................... 19
2.1.4. Prohibited actions symbols ........................................................................... 20
2.1.5. Hazard symbols ............................................................................................ 21
2.1.6. Labels on product ......................................................................................... 24
2.2. User obligations .............................................................................. 32

2.2.1. Managing work related hazards ................................................................... 33
2.2.2. Scheduled safety inspections and preventive maintenance ......................... 33
2.2.3. Personal protective equipment ..................................................................... 34
2.3. Product Limitations......................................................................... 35

2.3.1. Intended use ................................................................................................. 35
2.3.2. Prohibited use ............................................................................................... 35
2.3.3. Center of gravity ........................................................................................... 36
2.3.4. Maximum inclination angles during tramming and parking ........................... 37
2.3.5. Maximum inclinations angles during operating ............................................. 37

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.3.6. Modifications ................................................................................................. 38
2.4. Hazard zones ................................................................................... 39

2.4.1. During tramming and setting up .................................................................... 39
2.4.2. During drilling and boom movements ........................................................... 41
2.4.3. Operator visibility .......................................................................................... 43
2.5. Safeguarding ................................................................................... 45

2.5.1. Guards .......................................................................................................... 45
2.5.2. Safety cabin .................................................................................................. 47
2.5.3. Safety telescopic canopy .............................................................................. 48
2.5.4. Access detector (optional) ............................................................................ 49
2.6. Complementary protective measures ........................................... 50

2.6.1. Use of emergency stop function ................................................................... 50
2.6.2. Inhibition switches ......................................................................................... 51
2.6.3. Use of emergency/parking or ABA (Optional) brakes ................................... 52
2.6.4. Use of batteries master switches and circuit breaker .................................... 54
2.6.5. Emergency exit ............................................................................................. 56
2.6.6. Safe access to machinery and three point support ....................................... 57
2.6.7. Fire risk control measures ............................................................................. 58
2.7. Protection against emission hazards............................................ 67

2.7.1. Noise ............................................................................................................. 67
2.7.2. Vibration ........................................................................................................ 67
2.7.3. Dust .............................................................................................................. 68
2.8. Emergency procedures .................................................................. 69
2.9. Safety considerations for maintenance ........................................ 70

2.9.1. Daily inspections and tasks for operators ..................................................... 70
2.9.2. Tasks which require definite technical skills and maintenance training ........ 71
2.10. Environment .................................................................................... 72

2.10.1. Decommissioning ........................................................................................ 72
2.10.2. Dismantling ................................................................................................. 72
2.10.3. Disposal ...................................................................................................... 73
2.11. Potential product related hazards identified by the user ............ 74
2.12. Incident reporting............................................................................ 74

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
3. INTRODUCTION TO PRODUCT .................................................................. 76
3.1. Machine orientation ........................................................................ 76
3.2. Main circuits and components....................................................... 76
3.3. Instruments and controls ............................................................... 90

3.3.1. Tramming compartment .............................................................................. 90
3.3.2. Drilling compartment ................................................................................... 100
3.4. Main fuses and circuit breakers................................................... 113

3.4.1. Standard electric cabinet ............................................................................ 113
3.4.2. 1000V electric cabinet ................................................................................ 116
3.4.3. ULC/CSA electric cabinet ........................................................................... 118
3.4.4. Fault current and overcurrent protection switchgear VYK (optional) .......... 120
4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ................................................................... 124
4.1. Operator’s instructions................................................................. 124
4.2. Main safety hazards in use or maintenance work...................... 125
4.3. Electric system operator's safety instructions........................... 127
4.4. Assembly and checking of a new machine ................................ 129
4.5. Daily checks................................................................................... 130

4.5.1. Checking the tires condition, pressure and nuts tightness ......................... 132
4.5.2. Routine checks before starting a shift ........................................................ 134
4.6. Brakes tests ................................................................................... 151

4.6.1. Emergency / parking brake test .................................................................. 153
4.6.2. Service brake tests ..................................................................................... 155
4.7. Tramming ..................................................................................... 157

4.7.1. Machine in tramming and parking positions .............................................. 157
4.7.2. Starting the engine ..................................................................................... 159
4.7.3. Reverse tramming camera system ............................................................. 165
4.7.4. Electric cable ............................................................................................. 167
4.7.5. Inhibition switches (option) ......................................................................... 169
4.7.6. Moving the machine ................................................................................... 170
4.7.7. Stopping the machine ................................................................................. 172
4.7.8. Parking the machine ................................................................................... 173

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.8. Drilling ..................................................................................... 174

4.8.1. Setting-up the machine in the drift .............................................................. 174
4.8.2. Use of stabilizers ......................................................................................... 176
4.8.3. Electric power ............................................................................................. 177
4.8.4. Access detector (Optional) .......................................................................... 179
4.8.5. Drilling functionality ..................................................................................... 187
4.8.6. Setting-up the bolting head ........................................................................ 195
4.8.7. Bolting head positioning and collaring a hole .............................................. 197
4.8.8. Drilling ......................................................................................................... 198
4.8.9. Some drilling tips ......................................................................................... 199
4.8.10. Drilling parameters .................................................................................... 201
4.8.11. During drilling ............................................................................................ 203
4.8.12. Drilling imperatives .................................................................................... 203
4.8.13. Changing the drill steel / drill bit ................................................................ 204
4.9. Bolting ..................................................................................... 211

4.9.1. Ending a shift .............................................................................................. 218
5. ARCTIC PACKAGE (OPTIONAL) .............................................................. 220
5.1. Operating the Arctic package ...................................................... 220
5.2. Antifreeze tank............................................................................... 222
6. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS ......................................................................... 226
6.1. Use of stabilizers in case of diesel engine failure (default mode)...

.... ...................................................................................... 226
6.2. Short distance towing................................................................... 230
6.3. Long distance towing ................................................................... 236

6.3.1. Towing with the engine in operating condition ............................................ 236
6.3.2. Towing with a faulty engine ......................................................................... 236
6.4. Electric cable end limit switches ................................................. 237
6.5. Transporting .................................................................................. 238

6.5.1. Transportation on a platform ....................................................................... 238
6.6. Lifting methods and lifting points ............................................... 239
6.7. Washing the rig ............................................................................. 242
6.8. Storing instructions ...................................................................... 243

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
7. TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................................ 246
7.1. EMR Deutz electronic regulator ................................................... 247

7.1.1. Description of functions .............................................................................. 247
7.1.2. Troubleshooting .......................................................................................... 248
8. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................ 252

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
1. Introduction

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1. The purpose of instructions
The purpose of these instructions is to promote intended safe, proper and economical use of
Sandvik products and to help the user to identify, avoid and prevent hazardous situations and
related consequences.
These instructions must be followed along with any instructions given in local laws and
regulations, any orders given by local authorities and all protective measures specific for the site.
Read and understand the complete manual carefully and follow given instructions strictly. If there
is anything you don't understand, ask your employer or your local Sandvik representative to
explain it. All sections of this manual contain information which is vital for your safety. The
operator's manual must be replaced immediately if lost, damaged or unreadable. For
replacement copies, please contact your local Sandvik representative, and provide him the
product type and its serial number.
The instructions set forth in the operator and other manuals shall be used as a part of the training
material during orientation. By following these instructions, safe practices will result, maintenance
cost and downtime will be minimized while the reliability and lifetime of the equipment will be
optimized.
1.2. Identification
1.2.1. Product type and serial number
The model and serial number of the product are shown on the identification plate.
NAME TYPE SERIAL N°
Kw ELECTRICAL Kw
SUPPLY VOLTAGE V FREQUENCY Hz
Kgs
70962010_C
Kgs
WEIGHT OF THE FRONT CHASSIS Kgs
WEIGHT OF THE REAR CHASSIS Kgs
WEIGHT OF THE DIESEL ENGINE Kgs
WEIGHT OF THE AXLES Kgs
MAX SPEED KM/H

70962011_D
BAR BAR
PSI PSI
70961938_C
OR

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
1.2.2. Product manufacturer
SANDVIK MINING AND CONSTRUCTION LYON S.A.S.

19 avenue De Lattre-de-Tassigny - ZI
B.P. 46 - 69881 MEYZIEU Cedex FRANCE
Tel : (33) 472 45 22 00 Fax : (33) 478 31 79 80
1.2.3. Manuals
Product documentation includes the following manuals:

• The operator's manual includes operating instructions, operator's safety considerations,
and maintenance tasks for which an operator would be responsible. It does not include
maintenance procedures that should be performed with less than daily frequency.
• The maintenance manual includes the preventative maintenance schedule and a
description of all scheduled maintenance tasks. It also includes fluid and lubricant
specifications and capacities. It does not include occasional service, breakdown, or repair
procedures.
• The parts manual includes part lists and illustrations for spare parts.
The model and serial number are shown on the identification plate (see the section. "Product
type and serial number"). Make sure that the model corresponds to the one given on the cover of
this manual.
1.2.4. How to identify the correct manual for the product
• For operator's manual, check the machine type on the manual’s front-page. operator’s
manual is inside the maintenance manual binder, machine’s serial number is on binder
back.
• For maintenance manual, machine’s serial number is on binder’s back and also on each
section front page.
• For parts manual, machine’s serial number is on binder’s back and also on each section
front page.
• All those manuals are inside a pdf USB key, machine serial number is on USB key.
1.2.5. Validity of the manuals
This manual, and especially the safety information is valid only, if no unauthorized changes to the
product are made.
Continuing improvement and advancement of product design might have caused changes to
your product which are not included in this publication. Note also that if a third party has made
changes to the product after delivery from the manufacturer, this publication does not include
information on these changes or their influences on the product.
Whenever a question arises regarding your product, or this manual, please consult your local
Sandvik representative for the latest available information.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
1.2.6. Marking of the product
The product is marked with the following informations.
3 8
5 2
1 NAME TYPE SERIAL N°
4 • 1- Machine name and type
7 Kw ELECTRICAL Kw
Hz
SUPPLY VOLTAGE V FREQUENCY
Kgs • 2- Serial number
70962010_C
Kgs
6 • 3- Diesel engine power
PRESSION DE GONFLAGE
AV / FRONT
BAR
AR / REAR
BAR
• 4- Electric input power
TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE PSI PSI
70961938
• 5- Electric voltage
9 10 • 6- Electric frequency
11 12 • 7- Total weight of the machine
2 1 • 8- Manufacturing date
SANDVIK MINING AND CONSTRUCTION LYON
AV.DE LATTRE DE TASSIGNY B.P.46
• 9- Front tire inflation pressure (bar)
69881 MEYZIEU CEDEX FRANCE
TYPE
N° SERIE N° D’ORDRE
• 10- Rear tire inflation pressure (bar)
DATE
• 11- Front tire inflation pressure (psi)
8 13 • 12- Rear tire inflation pressure (psi)
• 13- Order number
SAFETY CANOPY P/N : 7700.6255

Designed for :
D D 3 11 D S 3 11 D L 3 3 1 D B 3 11 D
STANDARD
F.O.P.S R.O.P.S
TEST NUMBER 14332 AND 14333 CEMAGREF
OR
According to ISO 3449 & 3164 & 3471
SANDVIK MINING AND CONSTRUCTION

BP 46 69881 MEYZIEU FRANCE
77019299_@

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
1.3. Copyright notice
This publication is copyright of Sandvik Mining and Construction LYON S.A.S.

- © Sandvik Mining and Construction LYON S.A.S. 2021. It must not be copied, reproduced, or
otherwise made available in full or in part to any third party without Sandvik Mining and
Construction’s prior written consent.
All Rights Reserved.
1.4. Definitions
• Product: Machine, machinery, partly completed machinery, component or tool, including

related services
• User: The owner, operator or authorized and trained person involved in the transportation,
installation, operation, maintenance and disposal of the product.
• Information for use: The information in this manual, the safety labels and signals on the
product and other related information used separately or in combination to convey
information to the user
• Harm: Physical injury or damage to health. This is always in relation to people, not to
equipment or property
• Hazard: Potential source of harm
• Risk: Combination of a probability of occurrence of harm and the severity of that harm
• Risk of property damage: Combination of a probability of occurrence of property damage
and the severity of that property damage.
• Environmental risk: Combination of a probability of occurrence of environmental damage
and the severity of that environmental damage
• Hazard zone: Any space within and/or around the product in which a person is exposed to
a hazard.
• Intended use of a product: Use of a product in accordance with the information provided
in the instructions for use
• Reasonably foreseeable misuse: Use of a product in a way that is not intended by the
designer, but which may result from readily predictable human behavior.
• Prohibited use: Any use which is not intended use especially use that is specifically
prohibited in the information for use or use which is plainly dangerous.
• Safe working procedures: Practices and methods developed for the users by their
employer for work to be performed. These detail how specific risks in the workplace will be
managed, taking into account information for use supplied with the product as well as local
acts, laws and regulations.
• Safeguard: Guard or protective device.
• Guard: Physical barrier, designed as part of the product, to provide protection.
• Protective device: Safeguard other than a guard, which reduces the risk either alone or in
conjunction with a guard; e.g., interlocking device, hold-to-run control, limiting device.
• Emergency stop: Function which is intended to 1) avoid dangerous situations or to reduce
existing hazards to persons and damage to product or work in progress. 2) to be initiated
by a single human action.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
• Emission value: Numerical value quantifying an emission generated by a product (e.g.

noise, vibration, hazardous substances, radiation).
• Exposure value: Quantifies the exposure of persons to emissions when the product is in
use. Exposure values can be estimated using the emission values.
• Respirator: Approved respiratory protective device.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2. Safety and environmental instructions

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2. SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS
2.1. Safety labels, safety messages and signals
This section includes explanations of safety symbols, signs, signals and labels used on the
product and in the information for use.
2.1.1. Signal words
The following signal words and symbols are used to identify safety messages in these
instructions:
DANGER
The signal word “DANGER” indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or severe injuries.
WARNING
The signal word “WARNING” indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in
NOTICE
The signal word “NOTICE” indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in damage to
property or environment.
2.1.2. General hazard symbol
This general hazard symbol identifies important safety messages in this manual.
When you see this symbol, be alert; your safety is involved. Carefully read and understand the
message that follows, and inform other users.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.1.3. Mandatory actions symbols
Mandatory action symbols specify actions to be taken to avoid a hazard.

Mandatory actions are indicated by white symbols on a blue background.
All personnel working on or near the machine must understand and comply with information
given in all mandatory action symbols.
Wear safety gloves Wear eye protection Wear safety helmet
Wear safety harness Wear ear protection Wear safety steel-

toed boots
Wear close fitting overalls Wear high visibility vest Wear respirator
Disconnect power source Switch Off and lockout Read the manual or
from supply equipment instructions
Use cardboard Use two point belt Use three point belt
General mandatory action

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.1.4. Prohibited actions symbols
Prohibited action symbols indicate actions which are prohibited in order to avoid a hazard.
Prohibited actions are indicated by a red circle with a red diagonal line across the circle.
The action which is prohibited will always be in black.
given in all prohibited action symbols.
No climbing No smoking Do not touch
No open flames Limit or restrict access Do not weld
Do not remove safety

Do not modify General prohibited action
guard

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.1.5. Hazard symbols
Hazard symbols are used to indicate the type of the hazard and the potential consequences.
Hazard symbols are indicated by a yellow triangle with black symbols and black frames.
given in all hazard symbols.
Mechanical hazard symbols
Falling load hazard Crushing hazard Flying material hazard
Crushing hazard - feet Crushing hazard - hands Cutting hazard
Entanglement hazard Entanglement hazard Entanglement hazard
Entanglement hazard- Slipping hazard Tripping hazard

rotating drill
Falling hazard Skin injection hazard High pressure injection

hazard
Hanging load hazard Run over hazard Sideways tipping hazard

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Forward/backward tipping Sideways tipping hazard Remote controlled

hazard from level position machinery hazard
Electrical hazard symbols
Electrical hazard Dangerous electrical Electrical shock /

voltage electrocution hazard
Thermal hazard symbols
Hot surface hazard Hot coolant splashing

hazard
Noise hazard symbol
Noise hazard
Radiation hazard symbols
Laser hazard Radioactive hazard

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Material/substance hazard symbols
Explosion hazard Fire hazard Hazardous/poisonous

material hazard
Chemical burn hazard Dust hazard Environment pollution

hazard
Ergonomic hazard symbols
Lifting hazard

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.1.6. Labels on product
Safety labels communicate the following:

• The severity level of the risk (i.e., signal word “DANGER” or “WARNING”)
• The nature of the hazard (i.e., the type of hazard - cutting parts, high pressure, falling
objects, dust, live parts, etc.)
• The consequence of interaction with the hazard (i.e., cut, injection, crushing, explosion,
electrocution etc.)
• How to avoid the hazard.
Keep the safety labels clean and visible at all times. Check the condition of
safety labels daily. Safety labels and instructions which have faded, been
damaged, been painted over, come loose or that do not meet the legibility
requirements for safe viewing distance must be replaced before operating the
product.
ON BOTH SIDES
OF THE MACHINE
ON BOTH SIDES
OF THE MACHINE

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
ON BOTH SIDES
OF THE BOOM
Nimi: Entanglement hazard

Kieli: EN, Englanti
ON BOTH SIDES
Koko:
ID:
85 mm x 140 mm
55208488
OF THE CRADLE
DANGER
ENTANGLEMENT
HAZARD
Getting entangled in
rotating parts will cause
death or severe injury.
Do not enter the hazard
zone when the rotation
is on.
EN ID = 55208488

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
ON BOTH SIDES
OF THE MACHINE

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
ON BOTH SIDES
OF THE MACHINE
OR
OR

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WARNING
TIP OVER HAZARD 0 0°

0
Machine tip over could cause

Do not exceed the given
inclinaison or boom turning
angles during tramming.
Always wear a seat belt while
tramming.
max. max.
5° 15°
BG01034055_B
! 600 BAR
0 600 BAR
70961989
BRAKE TEST Prior to any operation

1 2 6 TEST PREPARATION:
3 - Test must be done machine wheels on ground.
- Operator in tramming position, seat belt fastened.
- Push on the park brake button (1).
PARK/EMERGENCY BRAKE TEST:
- Select the faster speed with Joystick (2)
- Select a safe tramming direction (2)
105 mm
NOTA: The two tramming directions have to

be tested.
- Turn the test button(3) at test position
- Accelerate slowly (4) ,
until pressure P is reached (6)
4 For 2x112 axle (P=270 bar) x
For 1x112 + 1x123 axle (P=270 bar)
For 2x123 axle (P=315 bar)
MOBILE MACHINERY. Unauthorized WARNING: Machine must not move.
stay inside operating area of machine
is absolutely PROHIBITED.
! In case of failure, do not use the
machine and inform technical
! Moving machinery and its moving
maintenance crew.
WARNING: USE ONLY 0-600 bar
elements can result in severe injury
or death.
! GAUGE DUE TO THE HIGH
PRESSURE. 77022149_C

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WARNING
BRAKE LOSS
HAZARD
Before tramming ensure that:
1. The lever is in the tramming
position.
2. The bleeding hose is
connected on the pump line.
Failure to do that could cause
See the tramming and towing
instructions in the manual. TRAMMING
TOWING
77026515
77026385_B

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
ON LEFT SIDE
ON BOTH SIDES
OF THE MACHINE
ON BOTH SIDES
OF THE MACHINE
ON RIGHT SIDE

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
FOUR LIFTING POINTS

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.2. User obligations
WARNING
IGNORING INSTRUCTIONS HAZARD!
Ignoring or misunderstanding instructions could lead to hazardous

situations and may cause death or severe injuries.
If you do not understand any information related to your duties in

the operator’s or maintenance manual you MUST make sure that
you get clarification from a person who is well trained with regard to
the task you want to do. When necessary, you or your
representative must contact a Sandvik representative to seek
clarification as to how you should do the task.
The safe use of a product depends on, among other things, a combination of the design and
construction measures taken by the manufacturer, skills of the operators and protective
measures taken by the user. Instructions are an essential and integral part of the product and
they must be always available for users. It is important to pass on the information for use to any
subsequent user of this product.
Sandvik prohibits the consumption of drugs and/or alcohol or any other substance likely to impair
judgment while using, being in the hazard zone, or supervising the use of Sandvik product.
Safety information covers the following: transport, assembly, installation, commissioning, use,
settings, operation, cleaning, troubleshooting, maintenance and disposal of machinery. If you
need more detailed instructions, you must contact your local Sandvik representative.
As part of ensuring the safe use of the product, you as the user are responsible for the following:
• Use of personal protective equipment (PPE)
• Scheduled testing and maintenance of safeguards and protective devices.
• Provision and use of additional safeguards
• Regular training regarding site safety and safe working procedures
In addition, you must always be familiar with the following:

• Site organization and supervision
• Workplace safety, including safe working procedures
• Permit-to-work systems
All near-miss incidents and accidents where Sandvik product have been involved must be
reported to your local Sandvik representative without delay. (see the section. "Incident
reporting").
The following safety guidelines apply to each person working with the product or in the vicinity of
the product. Every single person is responsible for the own safety and for the safety of their
colleagues. In case of violation of any safety guidelines or regulations, everyone has a duty to
warn others and report near misses or any safety violation to the responsible supervisor.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.2.1. Managing work related hazards
The user must always perform a local risk assessment before every new task e.g work phase or
shift. This assessment, also known as a Real Time Hazard Analysis, ensures that the user stops
and thinks about what he or she is going to do before starting to work:
• Identify potential hazards that could impact you, your colleague, the environment, your
product and/or work method while you are performing the task.
• Assess the risks and implement the actions needed to eliminate or reduce the risk.
Only competent persons may carry out operation and other tasks.The employer must:
• Provide training and orientation
• Validate training methods
• Verify competence and skills
• Monitor and evaluate user performance regularly
2.2.2. Scheduled safety inspections and preventive maintenance
It is important to thoroughly inspect the product before use to make sure it is safe to operate.
Look for defects and damage before any operation so that any problems can be reported and
fixed. For more information (see the section. "OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS") in the operators'
manual.
Scheduled maintenance is an essential procedure to ensure and maintain safety and

performance of the product. Follow the specified instructions for the maintenance and inspection
of product. For more information see the section “Periodic maintenance” in the maintenance
manuals.
WARNING! Use of unauthorized parts present an uncontrolled risk and could cause death or
severe injuries. The use of unauthorized parts will also invalidate warranty.
It is the user's responsibility to use only authorized parts as listed in the parts manual!

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.2.3. Personal protective equipment
Operators and anyone in the vicinity of the machine MUST wear approved personal protective
equipment, which includes but is not limited to:
• Safety helmet
• Eye-protector
• Hearing protectors
• Safety footwear
• Respirator
• Protective gloves
• Close fitting overalls
• High visibility vest
Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry that can get caught on controls or pulled into moving parts
of the product. Tie back long hair. Long hair can get entangled, which could cause death or
severe injuries.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.3. Product Limitations
2.3.1. Intended use
The rig has been designed for:

• Bolt hole drilling
In addition, the rig is intended to be used in following conditions:

• Ambient temperature limits: 0 °C to +40 °C (if ambient temperature is not within these limits,
contact your Sandvik representative)
• Altitude limits: max. +3000 m, min. -2000 m (if altitude is not within these limits, contact your
Sandvik representative)
• Sufficiently ventilated area
• Non-explosive atmosphere
2.3.2. Prohibited use
The following uses are prohibited:

• Use which is not in accordance with the intended use as described above.
• Use of product for any other purposes than those instructed in the operator's and
maintenance manuals.
• Use of product for towing.
• Use of product for personnel transport.
• Use of product for transporting unsecured items (for example drill rods/bits).
• Use of utility boom (if equipped) for transporting items.
• Use of drilling boom(s) for lifting purposes.
• Use of product for moving objects (for example loose boulders).
• Bypassing or overriding machine safeguards for any reason.
• Use of product without required and approved personal protective equipment.
• Use of product without required and approved training.
• Use of product when unauthorized personnel are in the working area.
• Use of product when a fault is detected.
• Use of product when the power supply voltage varies more than ±10% of the rated voltage
in any operating situation.
• Use of product on insufficiently scaled drilling area.
• Use of product when lighting conditions are insufficient.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.3.3. Center of gravity
When the rig is in the tramming position, the location of the center of gravity varies depending on
the auxiliary devices and boom type used.
Canopy version
SANDVIK
DS311
Cabin version
DS 311
The zero point is situated on the machine central articulation axis at ground level, the center of
gravity is the yellow point.
Values
Xg 200 mm
Yg 30 mm
Zg 1.000 mm

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.3.4. Maximum inclination angles during tramming and parking
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
WARNING
2.3.5. TIPPING
Maximum inclination HAZARD!
angles during tramming and parking
Failure to follow instructions could cause the machine tip over and
result in death or severe
WARNINGinjuries.
TIPPING HAZARD
Never exceed the specified maximum inclination angles. The
maximum angles are allowed only when boom is in the tramming
Never exceed the specified maximum inclination angles. The maximum
anglesposition.
are allowed only when boom is in the tramming position.
The rig must not be trammed or parked on a slope that exceeds the
The rig must not be trammed or parked on a slope that exceeds the
maximum
maximum inclination
inclination angle. angle.
According to ISO18758
The maximum standard
front tilt angle during tramming and parking is 15°.
The maximum front tilt angle during tramming and
The maximum side tilt angle during tramming andparking
parkingisis5°.
15°.
The maximum side tilt angle during tramming and parking is 5°.
0D[
0D[
23(5$725
60$18$/
Note! See : paragraph 4.7.1. Machine in tramming and parking positions
2.3.6. Maximum inclinations angles during operating
page 157.
The front tilt angle during drilling shall be approximatly 0° (The rig must be as horizontal as
possible).
2.3.5.
Maximum inclinations angles during operating
'XULQJGULOOLQJ ,'
The side tilt angle during drilling shall be 0°.
The front tilt angle during drilling shall be approximately 0° (The rig must be as horizontal as
7KHIURQWWLOWDQJOHGXULQJGULOOLQJVKDOOEHDSSUR[7KHULJPXVWEHDVKRUL]RQWDODVSRVVLEOH
possible).
7KHVLGHWLOWDQJOHGXULQJGULOOLQJVKDOOEH
The side tilt angle during drilling shall be 0°.
,'
&HQWUHRIJUDYLW\,'
:KHQWKHULJLVLQWKHWUDPPLQJSRVLWLRQWKHORFDWLRQRIWKHFHQWHURIJUDYLW\YDULHVGHSHQGLQJRQWKH
DX[LOLDU\GHYLFHVDQGERRPW\SHXVHG
ID: 7849D07186
Copyrighten -Sandvik
B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Mining and Construction
32 (190)
ID: 7849 4063 en - T-20-01-2012 PG-DGA-GP
2.3.6. Modifications
WARNING
MODIFICATION HAZARD!
Unauthorized modifications could lead to death, severe injuries or

property damage.
Always contact a Sandvik representative in order to get advance

written approval for any modification.
All modifications and corrections not authorized in the product manuals or which may affect the
maintenance, operation, safety, and availability of the product need to be approved in writing by
the manufacturer before implementation. Approval requires careful risk assessment taking into
consideration any new risks that the modifications may bring.
Changes and modifications without proper risk assessment, elimination or reduction of risk and
without appropriate safety measures may lead to death, serious personal injuries or damage to
property or environment. Unauthorized modifications will also void the warranty.
If modifications and alterations that affect the maintenance, operation, safety, and usability of the
product are made without the written permission of the manufacturer, the manufacturer is not
responsible for any incidents resulting in death, injury, or property damage brought about by such
modifications and corrections.
If a modification or correction as described above has been implemented without the

manufacturing organization's permission, its effect on warranty liability will be considered case-
by-case. Thus, the warranty application may be rejected altogether.
Should you consider a modification or alterations necessary, you must contact the manufacturer
organization that manufactured and designed the product. No modification is permitted unless
you first obtain the written approval of the manufacturer.
In order to plan and implement the modification you must deliver adequate documentation:
• Product model/type
• Serial number of product
• Description of the modification or correction
• Related blueprints
• Related photos
• And other material if necessary

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.4. Hazard zones
2.4.1. During tramming and setting up
WARNING
CRUSHING AND RUN OVER HAZARD!
Moving machinery and its moving parts could cause death or

severe injuries.
DO NOT ALLOW PERSONNEL TO STAND IN THE HAZARD ZONE

INDICATED ABOVE DURING TRAMMING.
DANGEROUS ZONES:
• 5m zone toward the front end of the bolting head and 5m zone
backward the rear end of the machine.
• 5m zones from right and left sides of the machine.
Never allow riders on any part of the machine.
Always sound the horn before starting the engine.
The operator must be attentive at any time and stop the machine if a
person is in the dangerous zone.
The operator must be also seated with the safety belt fastened, all
the time during tramming.
Keep hands, arms, legs and head completely inside the tramming
compartment.
Ensure that the machine is in perfect operating condition.
Complete in full, the daily pre-start list.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Safety telescopic canopy version
5m
5m
5m 5m
Cabin version
5m
5m
5m 5m

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.4.2. During drilling and boom movements
WARNING
FALLING ROCK HAZARD!
Insufficient scaling or geological faults may lead to falling rocks

onto bystanders and cause death or severe injuries.
During drilling and bolting operations, never allow personnel to

stand in the hazard zone between the machine front axle and the
face being drilled.
PERSONNEL AND MACHINE MUST NEVER BE IN A ZONE THAT

HAS NOT BEEN CAREFULLY SCALED AND ROOFBOLTED.
CRUSHING AND ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD!
Bystanders could be crushed by the boom or entangled by the

rotating parts in case of standing into the hazard zone during
drilling and cause death or severe injuries.

INDICATED NEXT PAGE DURING DRILLING AND BOLTING
MOVEMENTS.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
The hazard zone during drilling operation and boom movements begins at the front axle and
extends forward. Ensure that there are no persons in the hazard zone during drilling and boom
movements.
NO PERSONNEL ALLOWED ROOFBOLTED

HAZARD ZONE ZONE

HAZARD ZONE ZONE

HAZARD ZONE ZONE

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.4.3. Operator visibility
Cabin version
R12 m VTC
Ground level
A
1m RB
1,5m height
B C
TM
D
E
Norm ISO 5006
Safety telescopic canopy version 9,5m
Ø12 m VTC
A Ground level
7 mm RB
1m 1,5m height
B C X.DUPERRAY PMONCEAU
TM
ETIQUETTE VISIBILITE NOUVELLE CABINE D_
NEW CABIN D_311 VISIBILITY DECAL
D E
F
45°
Norm ISO 5006:2006 (E)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Key
VTC: Visibility test circle
RB: Rectangular 1 m boundary
TM: Test machine
Y: Forward direction of machine
A, B, C, D, E, F: Sectors of vision
Visibility test circle VTC

circle with 12 m radius located on the ground reference plane with its center vertically below the
filament position center point.
Rectangular 1 m boundary RB
Plane located at 1 m distance from the outside rectangular boundary of the machine at a height
of 1,5m.
Sector of vision A
segment of the visibility test surface to the front of the machine, defined by a 9,5 m chord length
for the 12 m radius that is perpendicular to the longitudinal plane passing through the filament
position center point with the chord length bisected by the longitudinal plane.
Sectors of vision B and C

Segments of the visibility test surface to the front of the machine outside sector A and bounded
by the transverse plane through the filament position center point.
Sectors of vision D and E

Segments of the visibility test surface to the rear defined by an angle of 45° to both the right and
left sides of the longitudinal plane passing through the filament position center point.
Sector of vision F
Segment of the visibility test circle to the rear between sectors D and E.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.5. Safeguarding
2.5.1. Guards
WARNING
TAMPERING HAZARD!
Bypassing or overriding of a safeguard or a protective device could

cause death or severe injuries.
Do not make any alterations to protective devices.

Make sure that they are in place and work properly before operating
the machine.
11 10
6
9
4
8
14
5
12
2
3
13
1. Hatch 6. Right front cover 11. Central front cover

2. Right rear cover 7. Left front cover 12. Right lateral door
3. Left rear cover. 8. Central rear cover 13. Left lateral door
4. Right middle cover 9. Central middle cover 14. Electric cabinet flat bar
5. Left middle cover 10. Central front cover

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
1. Safety screen
1
Standard doors locking system

Allows to maintain the doors open by loops during the maintenance operations for example.
Screw FHC
Fastening loop

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.5.2. Safety cabin
FOPS (Falling Object Protective Structure) and ROPS (Roll-Over Protective Structure)
The machine is equipped with a safety cabin. The cabin has been granted FOPS approval
according to EN ISO 3449 and ROPS approval to ISO 3471. Never make any alterations to
FOPS/ROPS structures. Making any alterations will void the machine's FOPS/ROPS approval.
No welding, drilling, cutting or other form of alteration of any kind is permitted on a certified
FOPS/ROPS structure. In the event of an accident, a modified FOPS/ROPS can fail to protect
the operator and result in death or severe injury. All damaged structures must be replaced before
using the machine. Never attempt to repair a protective structure.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.5.3. Safety telescopic canopy
In order to maintain the safety function and FOPS certification of the canopy, in standing up and
sitting down position, the canopy MUST NOT be lowered under the position’s painting red line of
the canopy leg.
290
Red Red painting
painting line line
770
Red painting line sitting down position
sitting down position
25
25
standing up position
Red painting line Dimensions in mm
standing up position Dimension in mm
Standing up
Standing upposition
position
Sitting down position

Sitting down position
WARNING! FALLING LOAD HAZARD!

Lowering the safety canopy below the painted red line will reduce the safety
FOPS function for the operator.
In case of falling load, this could cause death or severe injuries.
DO NOT lower the safety canopy below the painted red line.
These positions must always be clearly marked on the telescopic canopy leg
in order to inform the operator of the machine.
You must paint again these red lines on the canopy leg, when the red lines
start to be erased. Apply painting red lines over an approximately width of
25mm (1 inch).
FOPS (Falling Object Protective Structure) and ROPS (Roll-Over Protective Structure)
The machine is equipped with a safety canopy. The canopy has been granted FOPS approval
according to EN ISO 3449 and ROPS approval to ISO 3471. Never make any alterations to
FOPS/ROPS structures. Making any alterations will void the machine's FOPS/ROPS approval.
No welding, drilling, cutting or other form of alteration of any kind is permitted on a certified
FOPS/ROPS structure. In the event of an accident, a modified FOPS/ROPS can fail to protect
the operator and result in death or severe injuries. All damaged structures must be replaced
before using the machine. Never attempt to repair a protective structure.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.5.4. Access detector (optional)
The access detector option is a warning system based on crossing a safety zone. A laser beam
generates an invisible fence which when crossed notifies the operator. So the operator can stop
the drilling sequence or the boom movements in order to keep safe the trespasser.
ROOFBOLTED ZONE
NO PERSONNEL ALLOWED WARNING ZONE

HAZARD ZONE

HAZARD ZONE
The access detector features:

• One boom with detection laser located at the machine rear.
• One control system electric box.
• One control panel located in the drilling compartment which warms the operator thanks to
warning lights in case of laser beam fence crossing.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.6. Complementary protective measures
2.6.1. Use of emergency stop function
WARNING
EMERGENCY STOP FUNCTION FAILURE HAZARD!
Emergency stop failure in an emergency situation could lead to

Always ensure free access to the emergency stops and check the
operation of the emergency stops prior to use the machine.
When any emergency stop push button is pressed, the machine stops immediately (Diesel
engine and all electric motors stop at once).
EMERGENCY STOP BUTTONS

AT TRAMMING COMPARTMENT AT DRILLING COMPARTMENT
EMERGENCY STOP
PUSH BUTTON
EMERGENCY STOP
PUSH BUTTON
AT MACHINE RIGHT AND LEFT SIDES

AT MACHINE REAR
(OPTIONAL)
EMERGENCY STOP
PUSH BUTTON
EMERGENCY STOP
PUSH BUTTON

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.6.2. Inhibition switches
WARNING
Operator could be crushed by the boom or entangled by the rotating

parts while performing maintenance or loading operations inside
the drilling module hazard zone.
Being crushed or entangled can cause death or severe injuries.
These operations are only authorized in the safe roofbolted area.

The inhibition switches enable to perform safely these operations
without having to fully shut down the machine.
Locking position
Unlocking position The switch light turns on
The switch light is off
Before doing any operations in the boom or drilling zone, the operator must:
• Turn at least one of the two switches to the locking position.
• Ensure that the switch light turns on.
Then, the boom and drilling movements are inhibited and the operator can go close to the boom
and the drilling module safely.
To operate the boom and the drilling operations, the operator must:
• Ensure that there is no person in the hazard zone.
• Turn back the switch to unlocking position.
• Ensure that the switch light turns off.
The boom and drilling movements can now be operated.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.6.3. Use of emergency/parking or ABA (Optional) brakes
EMERGENCY/PARKING OR ABA (OPTIONAL) BRAKES
When tramming in emergency situation:

• Release the accelerator pedal.
• Push the emergency/parking brakes button.
EMERGENCY/PARKING
ABA Brakes OR
bypassing switch for ABA (OPTIONAL) BRAKES
machine towing PUSH BUTTON
(optional)
Push button
ABA Brakes caution light to release the brakes
(optional)
Brakes test switch
• TO APPLY THE BRAKES

Push brakes push button to apply the brakes.
When brakes are applied the push button red light turns on.
• TO RELEASE THE BRAKES

Pull brakes push button for disable the brake system.
Then press red button to release the brakes. The brakes push button light
turns off.
Note! If the ABA brakes bypassing switch is in towing position, the diesel engine can not
be started. Ensure that switch is in the left neutral position.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WARNING! EMERGENCY BRAKING FAILURE HAZARD!
Emergency braking failure in an emergency situation could lead to death or

severe injuries.
Always ensure free access to the emergency/parking brakes push button and
memorize its location.
Check the operation of the emergency/parking brakes function prior the use
of the machine.
WARNING! EMERGENCY STOP / BRAKING HAZARD!
The machine may come to an abrupt halt which could lead to death or severe
injuries.
The operator must be correctly seated with the safety belt fastened and
attentive at all times.
TRANSPORTING PASSENGERS AND STANDING UP WHILE TRAMMING IS

STRICTLY FORBIDDEN!
DANGER! BRAKE LOSS HAZARD!
A lack of pressure in the braking systems will generate a brake loss hazard.
For optional ABA brakes, if the yellow caution light at the tramming control
panel turns on, STOP IMMEDIATLY THE MACHINE AND NOTIFY
MAINTENANCE TO HAVE THE BRAKES REPAIRED IMMEDIATELY.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.6.4. Use of batteries master switches and circuit breaker
BATTERIES MASTER SWITCHES
MASTER SECONDARY
OFF
ON DS 311
SANDVIK
RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS!

NOTICE
So as to prevent the alternator from being damaged, stop the engine
prior to turning the batteries master switches to the «OFF» position.
In drilling electric mode, switch off the batteries in order not to

discharge the batteries.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
ELECTRIC MAIN CIRCUIT-BREAKER

DANGER
ELECTROCUTION AND ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD!
Electric shock with high and dangerous voltage will lead to death or
severe injuries.
Switching off the main circuit-breaker does not shut off the power at
the cable reel and in the cable connected to the machine.
Consequently the cable is still live. NEVER HANDLE A LIVE CABLE.
Never leave the machine while motors are running.
ON STD or ULC/CSA
RESET OFF
ON
OFF 1000V
RESET
Note! If the electric main circuit-breaker trips OFF automatically due to an electric problem,
move the handle fully to reset position prior to place it back to ON position. For 1000V
system, press the S300 reset switch.
Note! Do not rotate the main switch if a motor is running. Stop all motors prior to use the
main switch.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.6.5. Emergency exit
The machine (canopy or cabin version) operator station has two natural exits, which can be used
also as emergency exits. For cabin version, a third emergency exit is situated at cabin rear. In an
emergency situation, use the safest escape way.
Before to percuss on the red window glass breaker, remove the yellow plastic safety seal.
Window glass breaker
Safety seal

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.6.6. Safe access to machinery and three point support
• Identify three-point support

• Climbing on the machine if allowed, prohibit if not allowed
• To prevent accidents caused by slipping, keep all stairs, rails, steps, etc., clean of oil,
grease, snow, ice and unnecessary items and dirt to prevent accidents caused by slipping
If proper access way is not provided, do not climb on the machine.
Canopy version Cabin version
The yellow painted three-point support is available on both sides of the machine.
WARNING! FALLING HAZARD!
Bad posture during access to the operator’s station can lead to fall which
may cause injuries or death.
Always enter or exit the machine operator’s station facing the tramming
compartment.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.6.7. Fire risk control measures
WARNING
FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD!
Explosion hazard can exist in addition to the fire hazard.
Ignition sources in vicinity of the machine like smoking, open

flames, welding work and sparks together with combustible
materials like fuel, can cause fire and if not avoided, could lead to
death and severe injuries.
Ignition sources are PROHIBITED in the vicinity of the machine

ready for operation or in operation.
During maintenance appropriate fire prevention and protection
measures must be followed including but not limited to trained
personnel, proper fire extinguishing equipment and agents. Before
any maintenance or repair requiring ignition sources like welding or
flame cutting, a proper risk assessment must be carried out prior to
the start of the work to control the risk.
Smoking and open fire are prohibited in the vicinity of the product. Access to all fire fighting
equipment has to be granted at all times, especially during maintenance and repair works.
All fire fighting equipment has to be inspected and serviced regularly and according to local
regulations. Damaged fire fighting equipment or used fire extinguishers have to be exchanged
immediately.
Know the various types of fires and the appropriate fire fighting methods. Be aware that various
fires must not be extinguished with water. In most cases special extinguishing agents, dry
powders or deoxygenating are required.
All personnel have to be trained regularly for fire fighting methods in cooperation with local
authorities and rescue organizations. In case of fire the fire alarm has to be activated and all
available persons have to contribute in fire fighting according to predetermined fire plan of the
workplace.
WARNING
If your machine is not equipped with a fire suppressor system,

Sandvik recommends you to install one as soon as possible.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Fire prevention
DANGER
To avoid risk of fire, follow simple rules such as below:

• Keep the machine clean at all times, especially from fuel,
grease, oil rags and paper.
• Wash the machine regularly.
• Check fire extinguishers and/or fire prevention equipment
daily to ensure that they are in perfect working order, when
available on the unit.
• Keep electric components and wiring in good condition.
• The filling of tanks must be carried out in a well-ventilated
zone.
• The control and recharging of batteries must be carried out in
a well-ventilated zone.
Refilling fuel
DANGER
Smoking and open flames are prohibited while filling the fuel tank.
Smoking, open flames, and sparks cause a highly dangerous
situation when the fuel tank is filled or otherwise handled.
The following precautions must be observed when replenishing fuel:

• Do not fill fuel tank when the engine is running.
• Take care not to spill fuel on hot surfaces.
• Fuel filling should be done in a well ventilated space.
• Smoking, open flame and sparks are dangerous when the fuel tank is being filled.
• Wipe off spilled fuel before starting the engine.
• Keep the fuel replenishing pipe in contact with the fuel tank or arrange earthing to prevent
sparking caused by static electricity.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Fire extinguisher (optional)
Fire extinguisher
WARNING
Non operational fire extinguisher can lead to death or severe

injuries.
Read the operation instructions on the side of the fire extinguisher.

Make sure that the extinguisher's indicator gauge is not in the red
zone. If the indicator is in the red zone, the fire extinguisher must be
serviced immediately at an authorized service shop.
General operation instructions of fire extinguisher
• 1. Remove the extinguisher from its holder.

• 2. Turn upside down and shake the extinguisher once or twice to mix its contents.
• 3. Pull out the ring pin out and take the hose from its holder.
• 4. Assume a secure position and a good hold on the hose, start 3.6m (12 feet) back and aim
the nozzle at base of fire.
• 5. Spray the extinguishing chemical by pressing the extinguisher ’s handle and sweep side
to side. Stop spraying when the flames are extinguished, in order to save as much of the
contents as possible in case the fire ignites again.
• 6. After use send the fire extinguisher to be filled.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
General operation instructions of fire extinguisher (ULC/CSA)
• 1. Remove the extinguisher from its holder.

• 2. Turn upside down and shake the extinguisher once or twice to mix its contents.
• 3. Remove nozzle, push puncture lever down.
• 4. Assume a secure position and a good hold on the hose, start 3.6m (12 feet) back and
aim the nozzle at base of fire.
• 5. Spray the extinguishing chemical by pressing the nozzle trigger and sweep side to side.
Stop spraying when the flames are extinguished, in order to save as much of the contents
as possible in case the fire ignites again.
• 6. After use send the fire extinguisher to be filled.
WARNING
Non operational fire extinguisher can lead to death or severe

injuries.
The extinguisher must be refilled at a service shop after each use.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
ANSUL fire suppressor system (optional)

If the machine is not delivered with an ANSUL fire suppressor system, Sandvik recommends to
install one on the machine before starting to use it.
Canopy version
PUSH BUTTON
2
PUSH BUTTON
SAFETY PIN
1
SAFETY PIN
ANSUL SYSTEM
Cabin version
PUSH BUTTON
SAFETY PIN
SAFETY PIN
PUSH BUTTON
(left front side)
This 6 nozzles fire suppressor system nearly cover all machine’s rear (Diesel engine, electric
cabinet, drilling compartment, etc...).
The ANSUL fire suppressor system actuators are located at the tramming compartment, at left
front side (cabin version) and at machine rear as shown on the pictures above.
To activate the ANSUL fire extinguisher:

• Step 1: Pull out the safety pin.
• Step 2: Push the red button.
Note! By activating the ANSUL fire suppressor system, diesel engine is automatically shut
off.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
ANSUL check fire system (optional)
The check fire system enables an automatic activation of the Ansul fire suppressor system in case
of fire.
A fire detection area is defined by a fire detection cable. When this cable burns, an electric
impulsion is given to the check fire system electronic box which automatically activated the Ansul
fire suppressor system.
Check the system daily by visually verifying that the green power LED is flashing once every three
seconds and no other LED is flashing.
Note! The ANSUL fire suppressor system can still be activated manually through the manual
actuator on tramming panel.
CHECK FIRE GREEN POWER LED
CHECK FIRE SYSTEM

ELECTRONIC BOX
CHECK FIRE SYSTEM

DETECTING WIRE
With water reel or with arctic package

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
ECLIPSE Fire suppression system (Optional)

The ECLIPSE fire system enables an automatic activation of the fire suppression system in case
of fire.
A fire detection area is defined by a fire auto detect tubing pressurized hose. When this hose
melts, the pressure into the fire detection circuit drops and activates automatically the ECLIPSE
fire suppression system.
Diesel engine auto detect tube
ECLIPSE tank
Manual actuator Compressor auto detect tube
Monitoring panel
Cabin version Canopy version

Manual actuator
(left front side) Manual actuator

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
ECLIPSE main components
• 8 fire suppression system nozzles nearly cover all machine’s rear (Diesel engine,
compressor, batteries, etc...).
• Manual actuators: One at the tramming compartment, one at the machine rear and one at
the left front side (in case of cabin version)
• One monitoring panel located at the tramming compartment.
Pre start checks

Before operating the machine, ensure that the ECLIPSE fire suppression system is in good
working order.
Test or delay extension push button
Green light
Anti tamper tie
Handle
Amber light
Red light
Pressure gauge
Overriding key
• Check the presence of the anti tamper tie on both manual actuators.
• Check on both pressure gauges the pressure status. The needle must stay into the green
zone.
• Once activated, the monitoring panel will indicate the status of the ECLIPSE system:
- Green light ON: System OK.
- Amber light ON and audio alarm: Low pressure in the system.
- Red light ON and audio alarm: System faulty or discharged. The machine can be started
using the overriding key. The audio alarm will not be turned off.
WARNING! FIRE AND EXPLOSION HAZARD!
Non operational fire suppression system can lead to death or severe injuries.
Make sure that all fire suppression indicator gauges are in the green zone.
f not, the fire extinguisher system must be serviced immediately at an

authorized service shop. Do not use the machine and notice your supervisor.
In case of fire, the monitoring panel will notice a pressure drop in the pressurized circuit. The
alarm of the monitoring panel will turn ON. After a delay of 6 seconds the diesel engine will stop
automatically. If during this time the operator press the delay extension push button, the diesel
engine will stop automatically after 20 seconds allowing to stop and park the machine.
Note! The ECLIPSE fire suppression system can be activated manually through both
manual actuators at any time, even with machine shut down, by turning the actuator
handle to the left.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
In case of fire
DANGER
Flames, heat, hazardous vapors, explosions created by fire will

cause death or severe injuries.
In case of fire, activate the fire suppressor system and evacuate

area to reduce the risk of injuries.
Manual actuation of fire suppressor system will result in immediate
system discharge which may obscure vision.
Make certain vehicle is stopped safely before manually actuating
the system.
• 1. Press the emergency stop push button.

• 2. Turn off the engine.
• 3. Use a hand-held fire extinguisher if possible.
• 4. Turn the batteries isolating switch and rig's main switch to the OFF position.
• 5. Trigger the fire extinguishing system (if available on the machine).
• 6. Keep the fire extinguisher at hand in case of new fire pockets.
After fire
DANGER
Do not re-start the rig again until the cause of the fire has been
established and the fault repaired.
For ANSUL fire suppressor systems, INSPECTION, MAINTENANCE

AND RECHARGE MUST ALWAYS BE DONE by an Authorized
ANSUL Distributor.
When fire is out and the rig has cooled down: Open ventilation hatches to clear from smoke and
gases. Avoid inhaling fire gases. Keep a hand fire extinguisher ready for use during ventilation.
Wash the machine with plentiful amount of water as soon as possible after extinguisher because
powder can cause corrosion especially to the cables. Before re-starting the machine, put back in
working order the fire extinguishing equipments, replace or refill extinguishers, empty powder
tanks and actuators’ gas cartridge.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.7. Protection against emission hazards
2.7.1. Noise
WARNING
NOISE HAZARD!
Exposure to high noise level may cause loss of hearing.
Noise level emitted by the machine exceeds 85 dB(A).

Always wear approved hearing protectors.
Measured sound levels

The sound pressure level and volume measurements in the operator station have been
performed according to the European Standards EN ISO 11201 and EN ISO 3744 Drill Rigs -
Safety.
• The A-weighted sound pressure level at the operator station (during drilling)
on left side LpA 91.4 dB and 79 dB for a cabin version.
on right side LpA 90.2 dB and 79.7 dB for a cabin version.
• The A-weighted continuous sound power level emitted by the rig LwA 117 dB.
2.7.2. Vibration
WARNING
VIBRATION HAZARD!
Exposure to vibration could cause severe health effects.
Follow the maintenance schedule and keep the machine on good

operating conditions.
The whole-body vibration during drilling does not exceed 0.5 m/s² *, when tested according to the
Standard ISO 2631-1 Drill Rigs - Safety.
* the highest root mean square value of weighted acceleration.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.7.3. Dust
DANGER
DUST HAZARD!
Breathing or inhaling dust particles will cause death or severe

injuries.
Always wear approved respirator when working in a dusty

environment.
Breathing or inhaling dust particles will cause death or severe injuries. Always work with a
respirator approved by the respirator manufacturer for the job you are doing. It is essential that
the respirator that you use protects you from the tiny dust particles which cause silicosis and
which may cause other serious lung diseases. You should not use the product until you are sure
your respirator is working properly. This means the respirator must be checked to make sure that
it is clean, that its filter has been changed, and to otherwise make sure the respirator will protect
you in the way it is meant to.
In any workplace where respirators are necessary to protect the health of the employee, the
employer must establish and implement a written respiratory protection program with work site-
specific procedures and elements including but not limited to the selection of respirators, proper
usage, maintenance and care, cleaning and disinfecting and training.
Make sure the dust suppression system in your equipment is working properly. If the dust
suppression system is not working properly, stop working immediately.
Regularly clean your working environment properly to minimize the dust level in the air. Always
make sure dust has been cleaned off your boots and clothes when you leave your shift.
Respiratory silica dust is a hazard, which requires special attention. The smallest particles of dust
are the most harmful. They may be so fine that you cannot see them. Remember, you must
protect yourself from the danger of breathing or inhaling dust.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.8. Emergency procedures
It is the employer’s responsibility to plan and prepare site specific instructions to be followed in
case of an emergency or an accident. The machine manufacturer can also give certain general
guidelines which can be used as help in establishing the required procedures. The following
information should be considered when devising a site specific emergency plan. This list is not
meant to be comprehensive.
• Emergency stop: If the machine has to be stopped immediately, use the emergency stop
functions. Emergency stopping stop all the ongoing functions. For more information, see
the section, ”Emergency stop function”.
• Emergency exit: In an emergency situation, use the safest escape way or emergency exit.
Also rescue personnel can use these exits to reach a user in the operator station. For more
information, see the section, “Emergency exit”.
• Loss of stability: If there is sudden loss of stability during tramming, the safest place for
the user is usually inside operator station, seated on the operator seat and seat belt
fastened.
• Falling objects: In case of falling objects, the operator should stay inside operator station
until it is safe to leave the machine. The operator may also, when possible, move the
machine away from the hazard zone, without leaving the operator station.
• Fire: In mining conditions, it is extremely important to avoid fires. If an accident does
happen and there is a fire, it has to be extinguished as soon as possible. For more
information, see the section, “Fire risk control measures”.
• Accidents with chemicals: In an emergency situation or accident where chemicals are
involved, see the required first aid measures and instructions in the material safety data
sheets which have been delivered with the machine manuals.
• Electric accidents: If the machine touches an electric power line, the following instructions
may prevent injuries or death.
- If you are standing outside the machine, do not touch any part of the machine or try to
get onto the machine. Keep everybody away from the machine.
- If you are on the machine, do not try to get off it. If the machine is touching a power
line, the machine can catch on fire. If the machine has rubber tires, leave the machine
as soon as the tires start smoking. JUMP OUT! Do not make yourself a conductor for
the electric current to flow from the machine to the ground. Move away from the
machine by jumping, or by leaping so that only one foot at a time touches the ground.
The electric field in the ground can cause a dangerously high voltage between your
legs. You will not be in safety until you are about 20 meters away from the machine.
- If the boom or some other component of the machine touches an electric power line,
the whole machine becomes live. Although the insulating rubber tires may make the
situation seem safe, a person standing on the ground and touching the machine can get
a fatal electric shock.
- If you come to a place where an electric accident has taken place, do not risk your own
life by acting carelessly to save others. Try to find out whether a high or a low voltage is
involved. Where high voltage is involved, do not start any rescuing attempts until the
power company has cut off the voltage. It can be dangerous even to approach a person
in contact with the electric conductor, or with the machine that touches the conductor.
Remember that high voltage power lines have no fuses that blow the conductors are
always dangerous, until a qualified electrician has made them dead.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
- If a person is in contact with a low voltage line or with a machine that is touching a low
voltage line, rescuing can be attempted by using a dry clean rope, or a dry unpainted
piece of wood. Anyone who is attempting the rescue must keep as far away from the
victim as possible. The victim must not be touched until he is completely disconnected
from the live components. If the victim is unconscious, first aid measures must be
started immediately.
After an accident or emergency situation: Being on site where an incident has occurred, do
not take any actions with the equipment involved. Do not speculate or give opinions on the
cause. Contact your Sandvik representative to get more information.
2.9. Safety considerations for maintenance
Before carrying out any maintenance read and understand the maintenance instructions. Make
sure that you have skills and authorization needed before starting any maintenance work. The
maintenance instructions support maintenance personnel performing preventive maintenance for
the product. The maintenance instructions also provide information for maintenance and
operating personnel on scheduled mechanical inspections of components and installed
equipment.
Ensure all necessary machinery isolations have been carried out prior to commencing any
maintenance work. Before carrying out any maintenance work ensure that necessary original
spare parts or materials are available, or can be ordered and supplied in time to meet the work
schedule. Note all completed maintenance activities in a maintenance log or maintenance
program.
2.9.1. Daily inspections and tasks for operators
Daily inspections and tasks, that are allowed for the operators, can be found in the operator's
manual section “Operator's maintenance instructions”. Operators are required to perform the
inspections and tasks described in the operator's manual. Note that in addition to the instructions
given in the operator's manual, the employer must provide operator training.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.9.2. Tasks which require definite technical skills and maintenance training
WARNING
SPECIAL SKILLS REQUIRED!
Incorrect maintenance procedures could cause death or severe

injuries.
Maintenance procedures require professional knowledge and

thorough training regarding the tasks and working methods.
Do not do any maintenance tasks without proper training.
Always follow the instructions. Use appropriate personal protective

equipment, depending on the task.
Maintenance operations should be carried out only when the rig is

stopped. Make sure that there are no unauthorized persons in the
working area when you carry out service and repair work.
To avoid hazardous situations and severe consequences, leave all maintenance work to
professionals. Tasks mentioned below are examples of tasks which are allowed only for trained
personnel. More details on the risks related to the tasks and instructions for carrying out these
tasks safely can be found in the maintenance manual. Read the instructions.
Tasks that require definite technical skills and training include, but are not limited to:
• Hydraulic system maintenance
• Pneumatic system maintenance
• Electric system maintenance
• Battery maintenance
• Tire maintenance
Before any maintenance operations, always check that pressure gauges

are at 0 bar and if there is still pressure, make what is necessary to put the
circuits at 0 bar. Check there are no pressure in the accumulators and
brake circuit by pushing on brake pedal and read the brake pressure
gauges.
In case of an accidental stop, push on the brake pedal to be able to bleed
the accumulators and brake circuit.
Before any maintenance operation, use padlocks in order to lock in off

position the batteries master switch and the main switch of electric cabinet.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.10. Environment
2.10.1. Decommissioning
The end user of the equipment is responsible for its decommissioning. If the end user does not
have the ability or the resources to disassemble the equipment, the work must be performed by
someone who does possess the necessary knowledge and skills. In disposing of the waste
material from disassembly of the equipment, the following matters should be considered:
• The equipment body, all the steel constructions, and the copper and aluminum in the
electrical wiring are recyclable. The metals can be melted and used as raw material for new
products, except for parts that have been in contact with substances that are regarded as
hazardous waste. The contaminated parts can usually be simply cleaned or rinsed, after
which they can be recycled.
• Most plastic parts are recyclable, similarly to the metals. Each plastic part carries
information on the material used and a manufacturing date, which can be used for
determining whether the part can be recycled.
• Rubber parts are not regarded as hazardous, and they can be disposed of according to
normal procedures. Tubes (hydraulics etc.) must be cleaned before they are disposed of.
Worn-out tires can be returned to the dealer from whom they were originally bought.
• Windshields and other cabin windows are not accepted for conventional glass recycling, but
they can be disposed of via normal waste disposal methods.
• Electrical components that are classified as hazardous waste (accumulators, batteries,
circuit boards) and other hazardous waste must be delivered to a licensed waste treatment
location or be disposed of according to local regulations.
These instructions are not binding, but they offer suggestions for appropriate waste disposal
procedures. Local authorities always have more detailed instructions and recommendations on
the disposal of different materials.
When removing equipment from use, you must always follow the relevant
authorities' regulations on waste disposal that are in force at the time and
location of disassembly.
2.10.2. Dismantling
Where specific procedures are necessary for a safe dismantling of the product, and similarly, for
recycling or disposal of waste material, these shall be specified; these procedures shall be
specified in accordance with the product standard if one exists.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2.10.3. Disposal
Appropriate handling of oil waste

Any oil that is spilled onto the ground, including biodegradable oil, must be collected as carefully
as possible. Oil waste must not be disposed of by burning, and under no circumstances must oil
be poured down the drain or into water systems. One liter of oil is enough to pollute a million liters
of ground water intended for household consumption.
Used lubrication oil is hazardous waste that must always be processed by an authorized waste
treatment plant. During its use, metal particles and other impurities have entered the oil. These
increase the risks to the user's health.
If the company produces a large amount of oil waste, it is worth separating. For treatment, oil
waste is divided into three categories:
• Clear oils, which include hydraulic and transmission oils.
• Black oils, which are motor oils. Synthetic and mineral oils are collected in the same
container.
• Vegetable oils, which are collected in a separate container.
• Greases, fuels, solvents, and other substances must not be mixed with oil waste.
Solid waste containing oil

Oil filters, oil rags, fuel filters, and oil absorbent must be collected in a separate container.
Radiator, brake, and clutch fluids

Used radiator, brake, and clutch fluids contain traces of heavy metals, zinc, and copper, for this
reason they must not be poured down the drain or mixed with oil waste. They are to be collected
in a separate, labeled container and delivered to the same plant as the oil waste.
Solvents and oil trap sludge

Solvents and sludge that has collected on the surface of the oil traps are collected in the same
container. The surface layer in the oil traps must be removed regularly, and the entire trap must
be drained at least once a year, including the sludge at the bottom. Do not mix the oil trap sludge
with oil waste.
Fuel oil
Fuel oil is hazardous waste that must in all cases be processed by an authorized waste
treatment plant.
Oil waste storage

The best containers for collecting oil waste are there original containers. Naturally, new
containers become available whenever new oil is purchased. They already have the necessary
warning labels, are easy to close, and can be moved around fairly easily. Always strike out the
product name on the label and clearly label the container “oil waste”. This ensures that everyone
knows the container contains oil waste. Store the waste in an appropriate manner. A suitable
storage room for hazardous waste has a roof, a leak-proof floor, and preferably a lockable door.
When storing flammable fluids, always ensure that the room has a separate ventilation system or
is otherwise well ventilated. The path to the storage room must be free of obstacles.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Empty oil containers

Empty oil containers must not be dumped in landfills without having been cleaned. Cleaned
plastic containers can be disposed of as regular waste. Most countries have arranged a recycling
system for metal barrels.
2.11. Potential product related hazards identified by the user
Sandvik has taken all necessary precautions to design a safe machine. If, in spite of these
efforts, you observe a hazard for which you believe there are insufficient safety measures,
immediately inform your supervisor. If necessary, also inform the other employees working with
the product. Report the hazard to your local Sandvik representative. Do not perform a task if you
are unable to perform the task in a safe manner.
2.12. Incident reporting
Product safety issues to be reported are events where a product manufactured by Sandvik
Mining and Construction has been involved in an accident or near-miss incident. Safety -related
feedback, such as like unauthorized modifications, missing manuals and safety labels,
negligence of maintenance or misuse shall be reported to your local Sandvik representative as
well.
Reporting is mandatory to ensure safe working conditions for employees, to provide information
for to the risk assessment process, and to initiate product improvements.
Contact your local Sandvik representative to report safety issues, such as those mentioned
above.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
3. Introduction to product

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
3. INTRODUCTION TO PRODUCT
3.1. Machine orientation

LEFT
REAR FRONT
RIGHT
LEFT
REAR FRONT
RIGHT
3.2. Main circuits and components

FRONT SECTION
FRONT SECTION
4 6
SANDVIK
DS311
5 2
3
1
FRONT SECTION
4 6
DS 311
5 2
3
1
1. Rock drill (Drilling line) 4. Boom

2. Rock drill or rotary drill (Bolting line) 5. Telescopic stabilizers
3. Bolting head 6. Screen handler (Optional)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
H200 ROCK DRILL
1. Pressure accumulator 1
2. Rotation motor housing RD314 4
3. Percussion housing HYDRAULIC ROCK DRILL
4. Flushing head
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Sandvik RD314 high-frequency hydraulic rock drill is

designed for bolting and face drilling rigs.
3
KEY FEATURES
Hole diameter bolting 33 - 43 mm
Hole diameter drilling 43 - 51 mm
HH200 IMPACTOR Sandvik RD314 can be used in electrically-controlled
and hydraulically-controlled Sandvik drill rigs.
Hole diameter reaming 64 - 89 mm
Power class 14 kW
Sandvik RD314 is a compact, robust and universal

2 Percussion rate 110 Hz
Operating pressure
hydraulic percussive rock drill. It is known for its hydraulic Percussion (bolting) 120 - 180 bar
EǈCIENCYANDHIGHPENETRATIONRATE Percussion (drilling)
3 120 - 180 bar
1. Pressure accumulator Rotation (max.) 175 bar

Sandvik RD314 has excellent serviceability through Rotation motor type OMS 100 or OMS 125
2. Percussion housing modular construction and visual wear indicators. Service
Drill steels
interval is 500 percussion hours. Bolting R32 - HEX25 - R25
3. Front body 1 Drilling HEX35 mm drifter rods
Shanks
Bolting R32 (female)
R32 (male short, only for bolting)
Drilling R32 (male), T38 (male), T35 (male)
122 kg (bolting)
Weight
127 kg (drilling)
RD314 ROCK DRILL

2
1
1. Pressure accumulators
2. Body
3
3. Flushing housing
4. Rotation motor
RHR50 ROTARY DRILL 3!.$6)+2$̉(9$2!5,)#2/#+$2),,
2
3
1. Catch strap 1
2. Housing
3. Motor

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Mechanical shell anchor Weight 40 kg
DS311
Splitset friction rockbolts
7ATERINǇATEDFRICTIONROCKBOLTS WI, Hydrabolt OPERATOR’S MANUAL
#/-").!4)/./&2/#+"/,43934%-
Bolting line
SBH BOLTING
equipment
GCR HEAD
GCC WI
Consult
GCR RHR50 H200 RHR50 RHR50
factory 6
Consult
GCC RHR50 H200 RHR50 RHR50
factory
1. Main H200supportH200
(gooseHH200
neck) H200 HH200
2. CarouselRHR50 RHR50 H200 RHR50 RHR50
WI RHR50
3. Drilling line RHR50 H200 RHR50 RHR50
4. Bolting
Mechanical line (M rockbolt system)
bolting
1 3
5. Injection line
-2/#+"/,43934%-
Bolt6. Anchoring line (stinger)
diameter Ø14 mm, Ø17 mm, Ø20 mm
Recommended hole diameter 26 - 45 mm
5
7. Drilling cradle
Bolting line equipment RHR53 bolting wrench
8. Bolting cradle
Resin cartridge bolting (GCR rockbolt system)

'#22/#+"/,43934%-
2 4
Bolt diameter From 16 to 25 mm
Resin cartridges diameter 23, 25, 28 mm
Recommended hole diameter Diameter cartridges +10mm 7
ŢXLITERSAIRRECEIVERSFORRESINCARTRIDGESǇUSHING
artridge storage box next to shooting device.
8
Option
IN THE HOLE” cartridge shooting device with water inlet for
injection line cleaning.
B26B-B26XLB BOOM
Cement cartridge bolting (GCC rockbolt system)
Bolting head tilt
'##2/#+"/,43934%-
Boom lift
Cement cartridges diameter 30 mm (± 2 mm)
Recommended hole diameter 41 mm
B26 XLB
ŢXLITERSAIRRECEIVERSFORRESINCARTRIDGESǇUSHING
Feed roll over
artridge soaking box with water inlet next to shooting device.
B26B
IN THE HOLE” cartridge shooting device with water inlet XLB
for
B26
B26B
Boom extension
Boom swing
3!.$6)+3"(̉"/,4).'(%!$

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Technical Specification
8-408 S-E
2007-06-01 SCREEN HANDLER (OPTIONAL)
6+6FUHHQ+DQGOHU
Handler Swing
Gripping fork
Handler Tilt
Extension
Handler Lift
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
The SH Screen Handler is designed for Sandvik DS310 Mounted directly on the bolting head goose neck
DS310-T, DS410 bolters. (DS310 or DS310T) or on a second boom (DS310-T or
DS410), the use of the screen manipulator is simple
The SH Screen Handler is a hydraulic telescopic boo
reliable and easy to handle.
specially designed for the mechanization of screen
installation, along the roof and/or side walls, handled by It can install expanded metal or wire mesh screen
only one operator from the control station. sheets up to 2.4 x 2.4 m (8 x 8 ft) sized.
Not only productivity is increased, but difficult places to
reach are now accessible.
TECHNICAL DATA
Weight 154 kg
Handler lift 180°
Handler extension 800 mm
Handler tilt, up and down 150° and 20°
Handler swing 180°
Maxi screen sheet weight allowed 50 kg
Screen gripping fork for 1 sheet pick-up
Screen Handler mounted on Sandvik DS310-T

© 2007 Sandvik Mining and Construction 1/2
ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
MIDDLE SECTION
MIDDLE SECTION
5
6
1
4 2
SANDVIK
DS311
3
MIDDLE SECTION
9 1
6 5
4 2
SANDVIK
DD 311
7 8 7
OR
1. Tramming compartment 6. High pressure cleaning device with hose

2. Drilling compartment reel (Optional)
3. Tramming power train 7. Manual oil filling pump or electric oil filling
4. Drilling components pump (Optional)
5. Safety telescopic canopy or cabin 8. Drilling oil tank
9. Air conditioning unit

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
TRAMMING COMPARTMENT
CANOPY VERSION
EMERGENCY STOP
5 1 2 11 PUSH BUTTON
10
14
8
3
9
12 - 13
6
1. Tramming control panel 8. 600 bar tramming pressure gauge (brake

2. Emergency/parking brakes push button test)
3. Ansul fire suppressor system actuator 9. Front and rear service brakes pressure
(Optional) gauges
4. Tramming charge pressure gauge 10. Stabilizers controls
5. Steering wheel 11. Canopy controls
6. Accelerator pedal 12. Operator seat
7. Service brake pedal 13. Safety belt
14. Ignition key switch

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
CABIN VERSION
EMERGENCY STOP
PUSH BUTTON
15
2 10
777
3
5
13
8
4
9
16
12 11 14

(Optional) gauges
5. Steering wheel 11. Operator seat
6. Accelerator pedal 12. Safety belt
7. Service brake pedal 13. Ignition key switch
14. Air conditioning controls
15. Cabin controls
16. 230v socket

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
DRILLING COMPARTMENT
9
4
13
7 11 8 4
14 15
10
1 3 2
6 5
1. Boom controls
2. Drilling/bolting controls
3. Adjustment knobs
4. Drilling/bolting pressure gauges 10
5. Drilling/bolting switches
6. Emergency stop push button
7. QN panel
8. Screen handler controls (Optional)
9. Cartridge injection gun (Optional)
10. SLU rock drill oiler
11. Tools box
12. Air mist flowmeter and flow restrictor 12
(Optional)
13. Searchlight controls
Cabin version
14. Air flow display unit (Optional)
15. Air mist flowmeter and flow restrictor
(Optional)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
TRAMMING POWER TRAIN

4
5
1. Axles
2. Drive shafts
3. Central gear box
4. Tramming hydraulic motor
5. Bolster
1 2 2 1
3
TELESCOPIC SAFETY CANOPY
3 2
1. Drilling light
2. Tramming light
3. Flashing light (Optional)
4. Operator compartment light & flashing light
electric switches (Optional)
1 4
HIGH PRESSURE CLEANING DEVICE
WITH HOSE REEL (OPTIONAL)
1
1
4
4
OR
3
1. Hose reel 2
2. Pressure gauge
3. Pressure regulating valve
4. Gun

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
DRILLING HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
6
3
2
SANDVIK
DS311
5 3 1
4
1. Drilling hydraulic oil tank

2. Drilling pump
3. Drilling low pressure oil filter
4. Drilling high pressure oil filter
5. Hydraulic oil filling pump
6. Electric power pack

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
REAR SECTION
REAR SECTION REAR SECTION
LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE
1
5
3 4
6 4 2
1. Diesel power pack 4. Rear stabilizers

2. Electric cable reel 5. Air compressor CTN10, CT28 (Optional) or
3. Electric box CTN16 (Optional)
6. Brake and parking lights (Optional)
7. Greasing system with cartridges gun
(Optional)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
DIESEL POWER PACK
1 7
5 4 9
1. BF4M2011 or TCD2012 Deutz diesel 5. Fuel tank filling cap

engine 6. Tramming pump
2. Engine air filter 7. Cooler
3. Exhaust catalyser 8. Tramming oil tank
4. Fuel tank 9. EMR fault push button

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WATER CIRCUIT
5 1
1. Water supply connection
2. Water pump
3. Oil/water cooler
4. Water pump drain ball valve
5. Water circuit filter drain ball valve
6. Water tank (Option)
7. Water tank drain ball valve (Option)
2
3 4
WATER CIRCUIT WITH CAT PUMP
1. Water supply connection

2. Water circuit filter drain ball valve
3. Water pump

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
AIR CIRCUIT
1 2
1. Air compressor
2. SLU Rock drill air oiler
3. Water separator
4. Air receivers (Optional)
5. Mine air supply connection (Optional)
6. Air tank drain ball valve (Optional)
7. IP5 drain ball valve (Optional)
8. Air / oil cooler (Optional) 3 4
4 OR
6 7

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
3.3. Instruments and controls
3.3.1. Tramming compartment
TRAMMING COMPARTMENT
EMERGENCY STOP
5 1 2 11 PUSH BUTTON
10
14
8
3
9
12 - 13
6

(optional) gauges
5. Steering wheel 11. Canopy controls
6. Accelerator pedal 12. Operator seat
7. Service brake pedal 13. Safety belt
14. Ignition key switch

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
TRAMMING CONTROL PANEL
1 2 12 13 3 14 16
15
20
17
11
18
21
10
22
9
23 19 6 4 7 5 8
• 1. Fuel gauge
• 2. Brakes test switch
• 3. Push button to release emergency/parking brake
• 4. Parking light (Optional) or turn signal (Optional) switch
• 5. High Pressure cleaner On/Off switch (Optional)
• 6. Not used
• 7. Cable reel’s first limit override push button
• 8. Cable reel or/and water hose reel (Optional) switch
• 9. Batteries switch (secondary)
• 10. Ignition key switch
• 11. Tramming indicators panel (dash board)
• 12. ABA brakes bypassing switch for machine’s towing (Optional)
• 13. Deutz display
• 14. Emergency/parking brakes push button
• 15. Safety telescopic canopy switch or not used if cabin version
• 16. Emergency stop push button
• 17. Front stabilizers telescoping switches
• 18. Stabilizers switches
• 19. Front & rear tramming lights switches
• 20. Tramming direction & speed joystick and horn
• 21. Tramming charge pressure gauge
• 22. Boom movements supply in diesel mode switch
• 23. Rear red lights switch (Optional)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
EMERGENCY/PARKING OR ABA (OPTIONAL) BRAKES
When tramming in emergency situation:

• Release the accelerator pedal.
• Push the emergency/parking brakes button.
EMERGENCY/PARKING
ABA Brakes OR
bypassing switch for ABA (OPTIONAL) BRAKES
PUSH BUTTON
machine towing
(Optional)
Push button
ABA Brakes caution light to release the brakes
(Optional)
Brakes test switch
• TO APPLY THE BRAKES

Push brakes push button to apply the brakes.
When brakes are applied the push button red light turns on.
• TO RELEASE THE BRAKES

Pull brakes push button for disable the brake system.
Then press red button to release the brakes. The brakes push button light turns
off.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WARNING! EMERGENCY BRAKING FAILURE HAZARD!
Emergency braking failure in an emergency situation could lead to death or

severe injuries.
Always ensure free access to the emergency/parking brakes push button and
memorize its location.
Check the operation of the emergency/parking brakes function prior the use
of the machine.
WARNING! EMERGENCY STOP / BRAKING HAZARD!
The machine may come to an abrupt halt which could lead to death or severe
injuries.
The operator must be correctly seated with the safety belt fastened and
attentive at all times.
TRANSPORTING PASSENGERS AND STANDING UP WHILE TRAMMING IS

STRICTLY FORBIDDEN!
DANGER! BRAKE LOSS HAZARD!
A lack of pressure in the braking systems will generate a brake loss hazard.
For optional ABA brakes, if the yellow caution light at the tramming control
panel turns on, STOP IMMEDIATLY THE MACHINE AND NOTIFY
MAINTENANCE TO HAVE THE BRAKES REPAIRED IMMEDIATELY.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
HORN, TRAMMING DIRECTION AND SPEED SELECTOR JOYSTICK
FORWARD
• A: Horn push button
• B: Slow/fast tramming speed selector.
I: Slow speed HORN
I. SLOW
II: Fast speed
II. FAST
•
C: Forward/backward tramming direction
selector.
PUSH: Forward tramming
BACKWARD
PULL: Backward tramming
FOOT PEDALS
• Pedal A: Diesel accelerator.

• Pedal B: Service brake pedal.
Note! To stop the machine or to reduce the

speed in a decline, release first the
accelerator pedal and, if needed, push the
service brake pedal.
Note! Use pedal A and pedal B with the

RIGHT FOOT ONLY.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
SAFETY CANOPY AND STABILIZERS CONTROLS
2 4 6
1
22
5 7
3
• 1. Safety canopy.
Push to raise the safety canopy. • 4. Front right stabilizer.

• 5. Front left stabilizer.
Push to lower the safety canopy.
• 6. Rear right stabilizer.
• 7. Rear left stabilizer.
• 2. Front right stabilizer telescoping.
• 3. Front left stabilizer telescoping. Push to retract the stabilizers in
tramming position, rear first.
Push to increase the front telescoping Push to bring the stabilizers in contact
(gap between the two front stabilizers). to the ground, front first.
Push to decrease the front telescoping
(gap between the two front stabilizers).
Note! The switch (22) on tramming control panel must be in 0 position to be able to use
stabilizers or canopy function.
Note! For a machine with “machine on stabilizers” safety option, all stabilizers switches are
illuminated when the machine is on stabilizers and then drilling is allowed (Optional).
Note! In case of failure of the diesel engine, machine on stabilizers, you can use the
unbraking pump to raise the stabilizers. (See paragraph 6.1. Use of stabilizers in case of
diesel engine failure (default mode) page 226)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WAY TO PROCEED FOR BEING ABLE TO MOVE THE BOOM IN DIESEL MODE
(DO NOT USE FOR DRILLING OPERATION)
• Machine on stabilizers with diesel engine running.
• At drilling compartment, ensure that all levers are in neutral position.
• At tramming compartment, turn the switch to the right (1) for boom oil
supply in diesel mode.
S22
Note! Wait 10 seconds before using any control levers.
• You can now move the boom using boom control levers at drilling compartment.
Note! When operation is complete, the switch S22 must be set to "O" position in order to
move the machine.
ELECTRIC CABLE REEL
Driving panel S46

SH3
Cable reel and water hose reel electric control (S46).

• Left to reel electric cable.
• Right to reel water hose (Optional).
• Push to reel electric cable and water hose (Optional).
Cable reel’s first limit override push button (SH3)
• Red light indicates that the first cable safety is reached. (6 more cable reel
revolutions)
• Push button to override the first cable safety (light off). (3 more cable reel
revolutions only)
• When the tramming stops and button lights on again, it indicates that the second
cable safety is reached.
=> backward tramming only is available.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Machine rear
1 2
Cable reel electric control.

• Switch 1: Push button for reeling the cable.
• Switch 2: Push button for reeling authorization.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
UNBRAKING HAND PUMP (OPTION)
WARNING
BRAKE LOSS
HAZARD
position.
instructions in the manual.
TOWING TRAMMING
77026515
77026385_B
WARNING! BRAKE LOSS HAZARD!
Incorrect position of the lever of the unbraking hand pump may result in
loss of service brakes and contribute to hazardous situations.
Before tramming always make sure that the unbraking hand pump is in
tramming position.
Refer to the label for instructions.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
UNDER CANOPY SWITCHES
• 1. Searchlight switch (optional)

• 2. Ceiling light switch (optional)
• 3. Amber strobe light switch (optional)
1 2 3
CABIN CONTROLS
A B C D E
• A. Front screen wiper
• B. Intermittent control
• C. Screen wiper rear
• D. Screen washer front
F
• E. Screen washer rear
• F. Amber strobe light switch
• G. 12V socket
G
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROLS
A. Blower fan speed button

• Turn button to select speed blower fan
On On B. Thermostat button
Off Off • Turn button to select temperature.
D C A B
C. Air conditioning ON/OFF button
• PUSH the button in On position to start
the air conditioning.
D. Webasto heater ON/OFF button (option)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
3.3.2. Drilling compartment
DRILLING COMPARTMENT
9
4
13
7 11 8 4
14 15
10
1 3 2
6 5
1. Boom controls
2. Drilling/bolting controls
3. Adjustment knobs
4. Drilling/bolting pressure gauges 10
5. Drilling/bolting switches
6. Emergency stop push button
7. QN panel
8. Screen handler controls (Optional)
9. Cartridge injection gun (Optional)
10. SLU rock drill oiler
11. Tools box
12. Air mist flowmeter and ball valve 12
(Optional)
13. Searchlight controls
Cabin version
14. Air flow display unit (Optional)
15. Air mist flowmeter and flow restrictor
(Optional)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
BOOM MOVEMENTS
Bolting head tilt

Rod clamp (Optional)
Bolting head extension

Boom extension Boom lift
Bolting head roll over
Boom swing
Bolts carrousel
rotation
Bolting head
position
Bolting head
position
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Drilling position Injection position Bolting position

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
BOOM CONTROLS
2 4
1
3 5
PUSH
LEFT RIGHT
PULL
LEVER 2 - BOOM EXTENSION & BOLTING

LEVER 1 - BOOM LIFT & SWING
HEAD ROLL-OVER
• PUSH: Boom down.
• PUSH: Boom extension.
• PULL: Boom up.
• PULL: Boom retraction.
• RIGHT: Right boom swing.
• RIGHT: Right bolting head roll-over.
• LEFT: Left boom swing.
• LEFT: Left bolting head roll-over.
LEVER 3 - BOLTING HEAD TILT & LEVER 4 - BOLTING HEAD EXTENSION &
POSITION CARROUSEL ROTATION
• PUSH: Down bolting head tilt. • PUSH: Bolting head extension.
• PULL: Up bolting head tilt. • PULL: Bolting head retraction.
• RIGHT: bolting head swing from drilling • RIGHT: Carousel rotation to bolt loading
to bolting position. position.
• LEFT: bolting head swing from bolting • LEFT: Carousel rotation to initial loading
to drilling position. position.
LEVER 5 - INJECTION POSITION (OPTION)
In injection bolting position, the injection pipe is line up with the drilled hole.
POSITIONS BOLTING HEAD

• PUSH: Bolting head swing from injection to bolting position.
• PULL: Bolting head swing from bolting to injection position.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
DRILLING CONTROLS
PUSH
9 10
PULL
6 7 8
LEVER 6 - ROTATION LEVER 7 - PERCUSSION & MIXING

DRILLING MODE ROTATION
• PUSH: Reverse rotation. DRILLING MODE
• PULL: Drilling rotation • PUSH: Half power percussion (used to

(counterclockwise for percussion loosen the bit).
drilling or clockwise for rotary drilling). • PULL: Drilling percussion.
BOLTING MODE
BOLTING MODE
• PUSH: Bolt tightening rotation • PUSH: Resin or cement mixing rotation
(counterclockwise). (if needed according to bolt type)
• PULL: Clockwise rotation.
LEVER 8 - FEED LEVER 9 - AIR / WATER FLUSHING & AIR

• PUSH: Feed return MIST (OPTIONAL)
• PULL: Feed thrust • PUSH: Air flushing
• PULL: Water flushing
(Depending on the lever position, the
percussion pressure will be automatically
Note!
adjusted: half power for collaring / full power
- Percussion activates automatically water
for drilling) flushing.
- Percussion + air flushing activate optional air
LEVER 10 - DRILLING/BOLTING MODE mist.
• PUSH: Drilling Mode
Flushing flow control (option)
• MIDDLE: Not used When the action of air or water flushing isn’t
• PULL: Bolting Mode sufficient, the anti-jamming starts
automatically.
Note!
BORE HOLE OPTION
Push the lever 9 to activate air flushing before using the drilling levers 6, 7, 8.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
B A
CONTROL KNOB A - FEED PRESSURE CONTROL KNOB B - ROTATION SPEED

• Turn clockwise to increase pressure, • Turn clockwise to increase speed,
counterclockwise to decrease counterclockwise to decrease speed.
pressure. (Optional)
CONTROL KNOB C - FEED SPEED

• Turn clockwise to increase speed,
counterclockwise to decrease speed.
(Optional)
PRESSURE GAUGES
F A B C D E
• D: Percussion pressure gauge.

• A: Air pressure gauge. (Optional) • E: Feed pressure gauge.
• B: Water pressure gauge. • F: WIB and Hydrabolt bolting pressure
• C: Rotation pressure gauge. gauge (Optional).

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
SLU ROCK DRILL OILER
The rock drill shank is lubricated with oil mixed

in pressurized air by the SLU oiler which is
one of the most important component of the
machine.
Note! A loss of air pressure stops all drilling

operations (percussion, rotation and feed
halted).
AIR MIST (OPTIONAL)
Canopy version
Air mist flushing is activated by activating
joystick (M).
• A: Air mist sight glass
M • B: Turn flow controller to adjust water
flow.
Cabin version
Air mist flushing is activated by activating
A joystick (M).
• C: Air mist sight glass
B • D: Turn flow controller to adjust water
flow.
• E: Air flushing display unit
• F: Flow sensors for left and right boom
Flushing flow control (option)

When the action of air or water flushing isn’t
C sufficient, the anti-jamming starts
E automatically.
For air mist flushing machine, the air flow
depends on the water flow adjusted by the
operator.
Therefore, the air flow threshold can be
optimized following this chart:
D F
Air flow threshold
Water flow (l/min)
(l/min)
1 680
2 480
3 410
4 350
5 300

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
SWITCHES & JOYSTICK
F G K H I
M J L E
EMERGENCY STOP
PUSH BUTTON
A B C D
• A: Power pack on/off switch

Ensure that all the control levers for the hydraulic control valves, particularly the drilling control
levers, are in the neutral position.
Turn the switch A to the right (I) the electric power pack is under tension, turn to the right
(START) power pack starts and the switch automatically returns to position (I). Turn to the left
(O) power pack stops.
• B: Compressor On / Off
- Switch in central position: Auto start with power pack.
- Switch to the right (S): Compressor starts.
- Switch to the left (O): Compressor stops.
• C: Water Pump On / Off

- Switch in central position: Auto start with power pack.
- Switch to the right (S): Water pump starts.
- Switch to the left (O): Water pump stops.
• D: Air/Water caution light

- Indicates a lack of air or water pressure.
• E: Drilling controls On / Off switch

- Switch to the left (O): Electromagnets for feed, rotation, percussion are OFF.
- Switch in central position (I): Electromagnets for feed, rotation, percussion are ON.
- Switch to the right: Electromagnets for feed, percussion are OFF, rotation is ON.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
• F: Injection pipe on/off switch (optional)

- Switch to the right: Injection pipe on.
- Switch to the left: Injection pipe off.
• G: Injection pipe joystick (optional)

- Push: Insert injection pipe in the hole.
- Pull: Retract injection pipe from the hole.
• H: WIB pump switch to inflate the seal (optional)

- Switch to the left (O): WIB pump OFF.
- Switch to the right (1): position WIB pump starts to pressurize seal (300 bar).
-
• I: WIB pump switch to inflate the bolt (optional)
- Switch to the left (O): WIB pump OFF.
- Switch to the right (2): WIB pump starts to pressurize bolt (300 bar).
Green light appears when 300 bar pressure has been reached.
• J: Not used
• K: Hydrabolt pump switch to inflate the bolt (optional)

- Switch to the left (O): Hydrabolt pump OFF.
- Switch to the right (S): Hydrabolt pump starts, then switch automatically returns to middle
position. When the inflating pressure of 260 bar is reached, the Hydrabolt pump stops.
• L: Hydrabolt inflating operation green light (optional)

Green light indicates inflating operation is on, from Hydrabolt pump starting, until 260 bar pres-
sure has been reached. S
• M: Flushing flow control selector (optional)

- Switch to the left: Water flushing flow control ON.
- Switch in central position: Flushing flow control OFF.
- Switch to the right: Air flushing flow control ON.
Note! With air mist, water flushing flow control is not available.
Note! Refer to DS311 THC560 maintenance manual to set flushing

flow values. 1S79
EMERG
1S

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
CARTRIDGE INJECTION GUN
- Ensure that air compressor is started.

D
- Check air pressure gauge (~5 bar).
- Insert cartridges in the insertion hole (D). B A
- Pull ball valve (A) to open air flushing.
- Push ball valve (A) to close air flushing and
pull ball valve (B) to open water flushing to
clean the pipe.
- Push ball valve (B) to stop water flushing. C
• A: Air flushing ball valve
• B: Water flushing ball valve
• C: Air pressure gauge
• D: Cartridges insertion hole
Technical Specification
SCREEN8-408
HANDLER
S-E (OPTIONAL)
2007-06-01
6+6FUHHQ+DQGOHU
Handler Swing
2 3
1
Gripping fork
Handler Tilt
Extension
PUSH
LEFT RIGHT
PULL
Handler Lift
APPLICATION DESCRIPTION
The SH Screen Handler is designed for Sandvik DS310 Mounted directly on the bolting head goose neck
DS310-T, DS410 bolters. (DS310 or DS310T) or on a second boom (DS310-T or
LEVER 1 - HANDLER LIFT & SWING LEVER
The SH Screen Handler 2 - telescopic
is a hydraulic HANDLER boo EXTENSION & TILT DS410), the use of the screen manipulator is simple
reliable and easy to handle.
specially designed for the mechanization of screen
installation, along the roof and/or side walls, handled by It can install expanded metal or wire mesh screen
• PUSH: Handler down. • PUSH: Handler retraction.
only one operator from the control station. sheets up to 2.4 x 2.4 m (8 x 8 ft) sized.
Not only productivity is increased, but difficult places to
• PULL: Handler up. reach are now accessible. • PULL: Handler extension.
• RIGHT: Right handler swing. • RIGHT: Up handler tilt.
• LEFT: Left handler swing. TECHNICAL DATA • LEFT: Down handler tilt.
Weight 154 kg
Handler lift 180°
Handler tilt, up and down 150° and 20°
Handler swing 180°
Maxi screen sheet weight allowed 50 kg
Screen gripping fork for 1 sheet pick-up
LEVER 3 - SCREEN GRIPPING • RIGHT: Not used.
• PUSH: Screen gripping. • LEFT: Not used.
• PULL: Screen release. Screen Handler mounted on Sandvik DS310-T
© 2007 Sandvik Mining and Construction 1/2

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
ACCESS DETECTOR (OPTIONAL)
Control panel of the access detector system.

Refer to chapter 4.8.4. Access detector to
initialize the access detector system.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
QN PANEL
H617
Electric current switched ON. The indicator green light goes on when the main switch is turned
ON.
H603
Incorrect phase sequence. When the main switch is turned ON, the relay K120 checks the 3–
phase current for correct direction of rotation. If the direction of rotation, i.e. the phase
sequence, is incorrect, the red indicator light goes on and the motors are prevented from
starting.
H100
Over and under voltage caution light.
H614
Emergency–stopped. When any of the emergency stop buttons of the rig is depressed the red
indicator light goes on, all motors stop and diesel stops. By releasing the button(s), the indicator
light can be turned off, but the motors must be restarted separately.
H625
Drilling air/oil cooler running. (Optional)
H626
Drilling air/oil cooler motor overloaded. The indicator light goes on and the power pack, the
compressor, and the water pumps stop when the oil cooler motor ’s protective switch F296 is
triggered. The protective switch must be reset manually. (Optional)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
H602
Low oil level of drilling oil tank (continuous light) or rock drill lubricator (blinking light). If the oil
level drops below the allowed minimum, the power pack, the compressor and the water pump
stop and indicator light goes on. The level monitoring system has a 3–second time delay for
preventing false alarms if the oil level momentarily drops too low, for instance, when the rig
rocks. The indicator light goes off when a sufficient amount of oil is added.If the indicator light
blinks, the oil level in the shank lubrication is low.
H429
Low water level on water tank. (Optional)
1-H613
Power pack running.
1-H612
Power pack motor overloaded. Indicator light goes on if the motor’s protective switch 1F100 is
triggered or, if the thermal protector alarms (motor temperature over 155° C). The protective
switch must be reset by turning its control switch first to 0 position and then to 1 position. The
thermistor protector is reset automatically as the motor temperature drops. The indicator light
goes on also if the magnetic triggering of the protective switch comes activated when the power
pack is started.
1-H611
Drilling High Pressure filter clogged. When the indicator light goes on, the pressure filter has
come so dirty that it must be replaced. The filter monitoring device does not stop drilling
functions. When the oil is cold (below 30° C), the monitoring system is bypassed to avoid
alarms caused by thick oil.
H610
Drilling oil too hot. If the temperature of the hydraulic oil rises over 75° C the power pack, the
compressor and the water pumps stop and the indicator light goes on. The indicator light goes
off automatically when the oil temperature has dropped sufficiently.
H607
Drilling low pressure filter clogged. When the indicator light goes on, return filter has come so
dirty that it must be replaced. The filter monitoring device does not stop drilling functions. When
the oil is cold (below 30° C), the monitoring system is bypassed to avoid alarms caused by thick
oil.
H618
Compressor running.
H605
Compressor motor overloaded. The indicator light goes on and the power pack, the compressor
and the water pumps stop when the compressor’s protective switch F240 is triggered. The
protective switch must be reset manually. Turn the main switch to the 0 position before resetting
the protective switch.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
H609
Low air pressure. If air pressure stays below 2.8 bar for longer than 10 seconds (default
setting), the pressure monitoring system stops drilling. The indicator light remains lit and it can
be turned off by pressing the reset/acknowledgment button S505.
H604
Compressed air too hot. If the temperature of the output air from the compressor rises too high,
the power pack, the compressor, and the water pumps stop and the indicator light goes on. The
indicator light goes off automatically as the compressor cools down.
1-H72
No oil flow from SLU or SLU pump failure. (Optional)
H619
Water booster pump running.
H606
Water booster pump motor overloaded. The indicator light goes on and the power pack, the
compressor and the water pumps stop when the water pump’s protective switch F230 is
triggered. The protective switch must be reset manually. Turn the main switch to the 0 position
before resetting the protective switch.
H601
Low water pressure. If the water pressure stays below 2.8 bar for longer than 4 seconds
(default setting), the pressure monitoring system stops drilling and stops the water pump.
The indicator light remains lit and it can be turned off by pressing the bypass/acknowledgment
button S505. After that, water pump has to be started manually with switch S501.
H812
Water inflated bolt water pump filter clogged (For DS310 bolting machine using Water inflated
bolts only). (Optional)
H622
External pump running. (Optional)
H624
External pump overflow. The indicator light goes on and the power pack, the compressor and
the water pumps stop when the protector switch F290 is triggered. The switch must be reset
manually. (Optional)
H623
Earth fault current. (Optional)
H20
Front head in resin cartridge injection position (For DS310 & DS311 bolting machine using resin
cartridge injection only). (Optional)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
3.4. Main fuses and circuit breakers
3.4.1. Standard electric cabinet
DANGER
severe injuries.
Take the operation of the safety devices seriously. If the safety

system prevents the operation of a device, call in an electrician at
once to determine the fault.
Main switch does not cut off the voltage at the cable reel and the
slip rings!
HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE CAN CAUSE SEVERE INJURIES OR
DEATH.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
1P101 Power pack hourmeter. (Optional) F452.1 Circuit breakers for lights.
P400 Compressor hourmeter. F452.2
1P100 Rock drill percussion hourmeter. F452.3
1P102 Tramming hourmeter. (Optional) F452.6 Circuit breaker access protector
P411 Voltmeter supply. (Optional) (option).
F454.1 Circuit breaker for hydraulic oil filling
Includes 220 VAC and 24 VDC power supply pump (Optional).
devices and the control circuits. F454.2 Circuit breaker for MTU.
F10.1 Circuit breaker for battery charger. F454.3 Circuit breaker for carrier.
F10.2 General circuit breaker for 24 VDC F454.5 Circuit breaker for access detector or
circuit. protector (option)
F311 Fault current circuit breaker for internal F454.6 Circuit breaker for reverse camera
220 V control voltage in main switchgear. F455.1 Circuit breakers for air conditioner.
F312 Circuit breaker for internal 220V control (Optional)
voltage in main switchgear. F455.3 Circuit breaker for cabin.
F251 Fault current circuit breaker for cabin Q25 Circuit breaker for pre-heating 2011
heater and sockets. (Optional) diesel engine.
F252 1-phase circuit breaker for sockets X430 F600 Circuit breaker for TIS system.
and X431. P410 Voltmeter supply. (Optional)
F450 Circuit breaker for internal 24V control P412 Ammeter.
voltage in main switchgear. S412 Ammeter commutator.
F451.1 Circuit breaker for drilling control F333 Circuit breaker for PLC.
system.
Q100 Main switch; cuts off power supply.
Ground fault detector (Optional)

S301: Ground check start push button.
Allows electric supply to the electric cabinet.
S302: Ground check stop push button to shut
down the electric system.
FAULT CURRENT TEST
TEST BUTTON F311
• Once a month, check the connections

condition by doing a current fault test.
• To do the test, push the current fault test
button at the electric box, the F311
circuit breaker must trip.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
FUSES
F11 fuse
F12 F13 F14 F15 F16
• F11: 200A protecting fuse for 24V electric circuit.

• F12: 10A battery charger protective fuse.
• F13: 10A battery piloted master switch relay protective fuse.
• F14: 25A EMR protective fuse (optional).
• F15: 25A Webasto heater protective fuse (optional).
• F16: 10A Ansul fire suppression system protective fuse (optional).

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
3.4.2. 1000V electric cabinet
DANGER
severe injuries.

slip rings!
DEATH.
1P101 P400 1P100 1P102

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
1P101 Power pack hourmeter. (Optional) F451.1 Circuit breaker for drilling control
P400 Compressor hourmeter. system.
1P100 Rock drill percussion hourmeter. F452.1 Circuit breakers for lights.
1P102 Tramming hourmeter. (Optional) F452.2
P411 Voltmeter supply. (Optional) F452.3
F454.1 Circuit breaker for hydraulic oil filling
Includes 220 VAC and 24 VDC power supply pump.
devices and the control circuits. F454.2 Circuit breaker for MTU.
F454.3 Circuit breaker for carrier.
F10.1 Circuit breaker for battery charger. F455.1 Circuit breakers for air conditioner.
F10.2 General circuit breaker for 24 VDC (Optional)
circuit. F455.3 Circuit breaker for cabin.
F311 Fault current circuit breaker for internal F333 Circuit breaker for PLC.
220V control voltage in main switchgear. F600 Circuit breaker for TIS system.
F312 Circuit breaker for internal 220V control (Optional)
voltage in main switchgear. P410 Voltmeter supply.
F450 Circuit breaker for internal 24V control S300: Resetting of electronic motor protector
voltage in main switchgear. relays. (Australian models)
S300: Resetting of electronic motor protector

relays. (Australian models)
Q100 Main switch; cuts off power supply.
FAULT CURRENT TEST
TEST BUTTON F311


ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
3.4.3. ULC/CSA electric cabinet
DANGER
severe injuries.

slip rings!
DEATH.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
1P101 Power pack hourmeter. (Optional)

P400 Compressor hourmeter. F454.1 Circuit breakers for hydraulic oil filling
1P100 Rock drill percussion hourmeter. pump.
1P102 Tramming hourmeter. (Optional) F454.2 Circuit breaker for MTU.
F454.3 Circuit breaker for carrier.
Includes 220 VAC and 24 VDC power supply F454.6 Circuit breaker for jack control.
devices and the control circuits. F455.1 Circuit breakers for air conditioner.
(Optional)
F10.1 Circuit breaker for battery charger. F455.3 Circuit breaker for cabin.
F10.2 General circuit breaker for 24 VDC F600 Circuit breaker for TIS system.
circuit. P410 Voltmeter supply.
F311 Fault current circuit breaker for internal P412 Ammeter.
220 V control voltage in main switchgear. X300 1-phase socket outlet is equipped with
F312 Circuit breaker for internal 220V control 5mA ground fault sensing unit.
voltage in main switchgear.
F318 Circuit breaker for power source of 24 ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON
VDC.
F252 1-phase circuit breaker for sockets X430 S301 Green Illuminated push button starts
and X431. electric cabinet power supply.
F450 Circuit breaker for internal 24V control S302 Red Illuminated push button stops
voltage in main switchgear. electric cabinet power supply.
F451.1 Circuit breakers for drilling.
F451.4
F452.1 Circuit breakers for lights. Q100 Main switch; cuts off power supply.
F452.2
F452.3
FAULT CURRENT TEST
F311

TEST BUTTON

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
3.4.4. Fault current and overcurrent protection switchgear VYK (optional)
DANGER
severe injuries.

Main switch does not cut off the voltage upstream from the mine
network supply!

DEATH.
• 1: Main switch
• 2: Female plug. Allows to plug the electric cable of the machine.
• 3: Male plug. Allows to connect the electric box VYK to the mine network supply.
• 4: Push buttons and default light.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
FAULT CURRENT TEST
1 2 3
• 1: Current fault test illuminated push button

- Allows to check the earth current circuit.
- Light turns ON in case of earth fault.
Electric shock with high and dangerous voltage will lead to death or severe
injuries.
When pushing the current fault test push button, if no triggering occurs, the
protective switch must be repaired before the equipment is used again.
• 2: Reset push button. Need to be pressed after the circuit has been tested.
• 3: Pilot indicator light. Light turns ON when the pilot circuit is faulty.
Note! Once a month, check the connections condition by doing a current fault test.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
ELECTRIC POWER
ON
5 6
2
Electric starting.
Do the following procedure to be able to start the machine.

• Connect the electric cable (1) to the VYK gate end box.
• Connect the plug (2) of the VYK gate end box to the mine electric power supply.
• Turn the VYK gate end box switch gear (3) to ON position.
• Turn the switch gear (4) of the machine’s electric cabinet to the ON position.
• Press the start push button (5).
Note! If the electric main circuit-breaker trip OFF automatically due to an electric
problem, move the handle fully to reset position prior to place it back to ON position.
• Press on the stop push button (6) to shut down the electric system.
• Rotate the switch gear (4) to the OFF position.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4. Operating instructions

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4.1. Operator’s instructions
WARNING
Operation, maintenance and adjustments are only allowed to persons with

specific training in operation and maintenance of the equipment. Read the
operating and maintenance instructions before using or servicing the
equipment.
Plan your work carefully in advance to avoid possible accidents and
injuries. The operator must be familiar with the functions of the equipment
before taking it into use.
The operator must always wear required personal protection, such as

safety helmet, protective overall, safety boots, hearing protectors, safety
goggles etc...
Always ensure that those protections are in good shape before using
them.
Adequate ventilation must always be provided.

Make sure that ventilation is sufficient to prevent exhaust fumes and dust.
Exhaust fumes can be lethal.
When operating in confined conditions the exhaust gases and dust must
be directed in such a way that they do not return to the working area and
create a hazard.
Check regularly the exhaust purifier clogging according to its maintenance
manual.
Always have a fire extinguisher at hand and learn how to use it.
Have the extinguisher inspected and serviced regularly according to the
local regulations and to the extinguisher maintenance manual.
Take care of sufficient lightning.

Insufficient scaling of drilling site.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.2. Main safety hazards in use or maintenance work
WARNING
MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONS IN THE

DANGER ZONES DURING DRILLING OR TRAMMING.
Simultaneous charging and drilling is strictly forbidden.
Always check the efficiency of the safety devices before using the
machines: emergency stop push button, emergency brakes, backward
tramming light and buzzer, tramming and working light, horn, etc...
All covers must be correctly mounted on the machine and the doors
correctly closed and locked, this all the time in order to prevent accident
with moving components such a engine belt, cable reel chain, etc..
Danger of slipping, tripping or falling.

Keep the ladders, steps, hand rails, handles and working platforms clean
of oil, dirt and ice.
Observe the balance of the rig.

Never exceed the specified inclination angles when parking, tramming or
drilling.
While tramming NEVER SWING THE BOOM, if needed SWING THE

BOLTING HEAD.
Before moving the boom make sure that the jacks and the stabilizers are
firmly in contact to the ground.
Crushing hazard: do not stay in dangerous area, for instance: central

articulation between front chassis and rear chassis.
The movements and rotation of components are also danger areas (boom,
feed and drilling equipment).
MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONS IN THE
DANGER ZONES.
Danger of hot surface.

Hot surface can cause serious injuries.
Components such as diesel engine, exhaust gas purifier, rod, shank or
hydraulic components can be hot and before starting a maintenance work,
please let them cool off.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Maintenance operations should be carried out only when the rig is

stopped.
Make sure that there are no unauthorized persons in the working area
when you carry out service and repair work.
Before any maintenance operations, always check that pressure gauges
are at 0 bar and if there is still pressure, make what is necessary to put the
circuits at 0 bar. Check there are no pressure in the accumulators and
brake circuit by pushing on brake pedal and read the brake pressure
gauges.
In case of an accidental stop, push on the brake pedal to be able to bleed
the accumulators and brake circuit.
Before any maintenance operation, use padlocks in order to lock out in the
off position the batteries master switch and the main switch of the electric
cabinet.
Replace or repair faulty tools and equipments.
The drilling equipment must always be kept clean of oil and dirt.
Do not work under a device or component that is held up only by the

hydraulics. Use separate supports in conjunction with maintenance and
repair.
Make sure that the boom is properly supported before any maintenance
operation on the hydraulic system.
Do not remove boom cylinders or their non-return valves before the boom,
the feed or bolting head, and the rock drill are properly supported.
Danger of high pressure air streams. The air streams can cause serious
personal injuries.
Release the pressure before opening filling caps or pneumatic
connections.
The lubricator, the compressor air/oil receiver and any air receiver are
pressure vessels and they are not allowed to be repaired without proper
authorization.
Check regularly the certification validity of those components.
At the end of validity period, you must make re-certify the component by a
registered organization or replace it by a new one.
Danger of high pressure oil jets.

High pressure oil jets can cause serious personal injuries.
Release the pressure in the hydraulic circuits before opening caps or
connections (accumulators, cylinders and hydraulic circuit).
If the component must be live, a fellow worker must be standing by to cut
OFF voltage at the emergency or main switch in an emergency situation.
If you have to weld the rig, disconnect the alternator cables or open the
main switch before starting to weld. Consider also the fire and explosion
risk caused by welding. Make sure that the rig and its surroundings are
clean and fire-safe.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.3. Electric system operator's safety instructions
DANGER
severe injuries.
Work on electrical equipment or devices is to be performed only by

persons with the expertise and qualifications required by the
authorities, or under the supervision of a person meeting these
requirements.
Failure to strictly follow instructions will lead to severe injuries and/

or death and/or property damage.
Operators are allowed to perform the following tasks on electrical components:

• Plug and unplug the trailing cable into/from the gate end panel
• Switch on and off the main switch on the electrical cabinet of the drill rig
• Plug and unplug the one and three phase outlets for external pumps and devices
• Replace the broken bulbs of the working and driving lights according to given instructions.
All other work on high voltage electrical equipment or components is allowed

only to be carried out by qualified electricians, observing electro technical
regulations (see maintenance manual).
Do not open junctions or terminal boxes on electric motors, cable reel, electrical cabinets, light
fittings, etc...!
Operator actions to perform
Check visually the condition of the drill rig's electrical devices every day before operation. Check
the operation of the earth leakage control system from the gate end panel weekly. If the control
does not switch the power off, the control system must be repaired or replaced before any device
connected to it is started.
Always check the operation of the emergency stop switches before use of the machine. Do not
use the machine if an emergency switch does not stop all functions on the machines. Note that
lighting will stay on if an emergency switch is pressed, and the machine is not isolated!
When the electrical cabinet main switch is switched off, always be aware that this does not
normally isolate the electrical supply going into the machine’s electrical cabinet. Hence, the
trailing cable, cable reel and cable going to the live side of the main switch remain live! (This is
the case unless a separate Pilot core electrical system has been adopted at the work site and the
pilot core is wired through the machine’s main switch!).

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WARNING! ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD!

If any faults or defects on electrical components are observed, such as
loose connections, open covers or damaged insulation, stop and isolate
the machine immediately by turning off the main switch and removing the
power plug from the electrical network. Ensure that nobody connects the
power on by accident! The fault can only be investigated by a qualified
and competent electrician. Faults must be repaired and tested before
operating the machine. Failure to follow these instructions could lead to
death or serious injuries.
Fuses and the circuit breakers are protecting the wires and electrical components against over
heat and fire in case of overload and short circuit.
Breaker tripping or fuse burn is a sign of failure. Before resetting the breaker or replacing the fuse
the failure must be repaired. The original fuse size and type must be used. Never replace the
fuse with a fuse having higher ampere value than the original.
Replacing the light bulbs
WARNING! ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD!

Cut the supply voltage to the light using the main switches before
replacing the bulbs of the working and driving lights. Exercise extreme
caution when performing work on HID gas discharge lamps. The light
components include high voltage parts. Failure to follow these
procedures could result in serious injuries!
Note that parts of the light may be hot after use, so allow it to cool before commencing repair
work.The bulbs of gas-discharge lamps are gas-filled, so handle with care. Use gloves and safety
glasses. Do not touch the lamp holder or the glass part of the bulb when carrying out the
replacement.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.4. Assembly and checking of a new machine
If the machine is delivered disassembled, please pay special attention to the following points:
• The assembly site must be properly equipped (cleanliness, good lighting, lifting equipment,
etc...).
• The assembly operation must be done by qualified personnel.
• Check that all components are delivered.
• Fasten all bolts and connections properly.
• Observe cleanliness when installing hydraulic hoses to prevent particles to enter in the
hydraulic circuit.
• Lubricate all greasing points.
• Wash the machine before using it.
WARNING! RUNAWAY MACHINE HAZARD!
All electric safety devices must be thoroughly checked prior to attempt

to start the machine.
VISUAL CHECKING OF A NEW MACHINE

Check for:
CENTRAL ARTICULATION
• Possible transportation damage. LOCKING BAR
• Tire pressure and condition.
• All oil and fuel levels.
LOCKING BAR
IN UNLOCKED POSITION
LOCKING BAR
IN LOCKED POSITION
RISK OF PROPERTY DAMAGE!

NOTICE Remove the central articulation locking bar from its locked position
before moving the machine.
The rock drill accumulators must be inflated with NITROGEN (N2).

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.5. Daily checks

OPERATOR’S PRE-START CHECK LIST
OPERATOR’S DATE: SHIFT: LOCATION:
NAME:
MACHINE NUM- PERCUSSION DIESEL HOURS: POWER PACK

BER: HOURS: HOURS:
Visual check
OPERATOR / SAFETY OK NO Comments

Machine is clean
Extinguishers: Condition
CARRIER / TRAMMING OK NO Comments

Protections and covers: Fastening / Deformations
Welded steel elements: Condition of weldings / Deforma-
tions
Wheels: Tires condition / Inflating pressure / Nuts / Rings.
Wheel motor: Leaks.
Stabilizers: Cylinder pin / Leaks
Steering: Cylinders / Ball joints / Articulation pins / Nuts /
Greasing / Leaks
Diesel engine: Oil level / Belt tension / Cooler fluid level /
Air filter / Fuel level
Hydraulic components: Condition of unions, hoses (leaks,
wearing signs)
Axles: Fastening / Deformation / Oil level
Hydraulic circuit elements: Oil levels / Filter elements
BOOM OK NO Comments
tions
Cylinders: Greasing / Pins / Leaks / Rods
Extension tubes: Greasing / Clearance
Rotary actuators: Greasing / Discharge valves condition
Hoses: Tension / Wear
Bolting assembly: fastening / nuts and screws

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
DRILLING FEED AND CIRCUITS OK NO Comments

tions
Cylinders greasing: Pins / Leaks / Rods
Pulleys / Cables: Condition / Greasing / Tensioning
Hose reel wheel: Greasing
Rails and Skids: Nuts / Wearing / Clearance / Cleanliness
Centralizers: Condition / Cleanliness
Hoses: Tension / Wear
Rock drill cradle: Fastening / Nuts
Water injection head: Condition / Cleanliness / Water seals
Shanks / Rod / Bits: Condition
Air flushing circuit: Air Filters / Elements condition
Compressor: Oil level / Filter elements / Water separator
Water flushing circuit: Elements condition / Leaks
ELECTRIC DEVICE OK NO Comments

Batteries: Switch condition / Electrolyte level / Cell caps
Lighting: Cleanliness
Controls: Accessibility / Correct position
Horn: Condition
Electric equipment: Condition
Dynamic check
CARRIER / TRAMMING OK NO Comments

Brakes: Emergency / parking brake test
Stabilizers: Operation test
Diesel engine: Fuel level
DRILLING FEED AND CIRCUITS OK NO Comments

Drill feed free pressure: Average pressure = 30-35 bar
Air flushing circuit: Bleeding
Water flushing circuit: Bleeding
ELECTRIC DEVICE OK NO Comments

Safety devices: Emergency stop button / Inhibition switch
test / Safety wire
Batteries: Charging
Lighting: Condition
Horn: Condition
READ AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS DESCRIBING THIS MAINTENANCE
CHECK LIST OPERATIONS IN THE THE NEXT PAGES OF THIS MANUAL IN
ORDER TO MAKE THEM SAFELY AND CORRECTLY.
FOR MORE INFORMATIONS ABOUT THOSE MAINTENANCE TASKS, YOU MAY
ALSO READ THE MAINTENANCE MANUAL.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.5.1. Checking the tires condition, pressure and nuts tightness

2SHUDWRUV0DQXDO '7L
DANGER
TIRE EXPLOSION HAZARD!
&DUULHU
&KHFNLQJWKHWLUHFRQGLWLRQSUHVVXUHDQGQXWWLJKWQHVV
In the event of tire explosion, the resulting power shock and ejected
tire/tool debris will cause death or severe injuries.
:$51,1*
Always use restraining devices (safety cage or similar protective
)/<,1*0$7(5,$/+$=$5'
enclosure) when inflating tires.
Never stand)DLOXUHWRIROORZSURSHUVDIHW\SUHFDXWLRQVFRXOGFDXVHGHDWKRU
in front of the assembly while inflating the tire. Use an
VHYHUHLQMXU\
extended hose that allows you to stand to the side.
Do not exceed the tire manufacturer's recommended maximum
'RQRWDWWHPSWWRUHSDLUGLVFZKHHODVVHPEO\SDUWV5HSODFHWKHP
pressure. ZLWKQHZSDUWVRIWKHVDPHVL]HW\SHDQGPDNH(QVXUHWKDWDOOWLUH
UnauthorizedDQGULPSDUWVDUHXQGDPDJHGDQGFRUUHFWO\DVVHPEOHGEHIRUH
people are not allowed in the vicinity of the wheel
LQIODWLQJWKHWLUHV
during the tire is being inflated.
Always check after pressurization that the tire sits on the rim
'$1*(5
correctly before removing the wheel from the cage.
7,5((;3/26,21+$=$5'
,QWKHHYHQWRIWLUHH[SORVLRQWKHUHVXOWLQJSRZHUVKRFNDQGHMHFWHG
WARNING
WLUHWRROGHEULVZLOOFDXVHGHDWKRUVHYHUHLQMXU\
FLYING MATERIAL HAZARD!
$OZD\VXVHUHVWUDLQLQJGHYLFHVVDIHW\FDJHRUVLPLODUSURWHFWLYH
HQFORVXUHZKHQLQIODWLQJWLUHV
Failure to follow proper safety precautions could cause death or
1HYHUVWDQGLQIURQWRIWKHDVVHPEO\ZKLOHLQIODWLQJWKHWLUH8VHDQ
severe injuries.
H[WHQGHGKRVHWKDWDOORZV\RXWRVWDQGWRWKHVLGH
'RQRWH[FHHGWKHWLUHPDQXIDFWXUHU
VUHFRPPHQGHGPD[LPXP
Do not attempt to repair disc wheel assembly parts. Replace them
SUHVVXUH
with new parts of the same size, type, and make. Ensure that all tire
and rim parts are undamaged and correctly assembled before
8QDXWKRUL]HGSHRSOHDUHQRWDOORZHGLQWKHYLFLQLW\RIWKHZKHHO
inflating theGXULQJWKHWLUHLVEHLQJLQIODWHG
tires.
$OZD\VFKHFNDIWHUSUHVVXUL]DWLRQWKDWWKHWLUHVLWVRQWKHULP
FRUUHFWO\EHIRUHUHPRYLQJWKHZKHHOIURPWKHFDJH
6HHVHSDUDWHLQVWUXFWLRQVLQPDQXDO7LUHFKDQJHDQGULP
LQVSHFWLRQ
See separate instructions in manual "Tire change and rim inspection".

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Checking the tires condition

Check that the tires are undamaged and properly mounted.
When the tire damage is detected early enough, it may be possible to repair the tire, which
increases its service life, or remove the need to replace the tire in difficult conditions.
Checking the tires air pressure

Check the air pressure of the tires using a pressure gauge.
Ensure that the protective caps are reinstalled on the valve steams after pressure checks and
filling procedures have been performed.
Use of lower tire air pressure than indicated may lead to premature tire
NOTICE wear and possible tire damage.
Checking the tires nuts tightness

Check the tightening torque of the nuts (lubricated).
WARNING! LOSS OF MACHINERY CONTROL HAZARD!

If any of the nuts is missing, machine must not be used before all nuts are
in place and correctly fastened.
Note! look for the tires pressure and wheels nuts tightness values in next chapter.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.5.2. Routine checks before starting a shift
DANGER
HOT SURFACE AND HOT FLUID SPLASHING HAZARD!
Contact with hot surface and hot fluid splashing will cause burns.
The machine must have to cooled down before doing pre-start

checks.
Note! Report any damage or faulty components immediately and do not use the machine.
PINS
1 2
TYPE A:
• Lock plate (2) must be in contact to
the support (1).
• Fastening screws in place and tighten.
1
TYPE B
• Fastening bolt (1) in place and tighten.
TYPE C
• Fastening bolt (1) in place and tighten.
1
HOSES, FITTINGS AND HYDRAULIC CONNECTIONS

When moving around the machine, look for
hydraulic damages:
• Hoses
• Fittings and connections
• Hydraulic leaks

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
DIESEL ENGINE
1 2
AIR FILTER
• Make sure that the clogging indicator
(1) is in the green zone. An indicator IF DEUTZ BF4M2011
located in the red zone calls for filter
element replacement.
• Expel dust from the cyclone dust
collector (2).
• Check the hose between the filter and
the engine intake manifold for fraying
cracks and damaged clamps.
IF DEUTZ TCD2012
1 2

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
IF DEUTZ BF4M2011
ENGINE OIL LEVEL

• Ensure that the engine oil is between
the minimum and the maximum level 1 2
marks on the dipstick (1).
IF DEUTZ TCD2012
• If needed, you can add oil by filling
plug (2).
1 2
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL (TCD2012
only)
IF DEUTZ TCD2012
• Ensure that the engine coolant level is
between the minimum and the
maximum level marks. 1 2
WARNING! BURN
HAZARD!
Never open the expansion

tank cap (2) while the
engine is hot.
The cooling system is
pressurized and the hot
coolant can be sprayed and
cause severe burns.
Let the expansion tank cool

down before making any
operation.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WATER SEPARATOR / FUEL HEATING

FILTER (OPTIONAL)
• Open the drain to evacuate
contaminants and water.
• Close the drain.
Drain
FUEL LEVEL
DANGER! FIRE AND

EXPLOSION HAZARD!
Fire will cause death or

severe injuries.
Top up the fuel tank in a

well ventilated area.
2
1. Fuel gauge
2. Fuel filling plug
3. Fuel fast filling plug (Optional)
Note! Fill up the tank using a pump, it will

ensure that the fuel is filtered before it
enters the tank.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WEBASTO EXPANSION TANK
Check the level through the tank.

The level must be between two marks.
In normal or Arctic condition, it must be
filled with:
Max.
• 50% of Maintain Fricofin V coolant
liquid.
• 50% of water. Min.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
CARRIER
3
CENTRAL GREASING 4
SYSTEM (Optional) 2
77019301_@
1
1 6
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2 7 20
10
3
8 5
11 12
4 9
19 17
5 18
11 12 22
14
6 13
15 16 21
7
77019301_@ 23
8
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
9
77019301_@
77019300_A
Check and grease:

• Central articulation, steering cylinders & rear axle bolster, stabilizers (use the central
greasing system if available).
• Stabilizers & cable guide.
AUTOMATIC GREASING SYSTEM (Optional)
OR

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
MANUAL GREASING SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)
Greasing system with

cartridges gun
TRAMMING HYDRAULIC TANK
• Make sure that the hydraulic oil level

is above the minimum mark (1) of the
1
sight glass.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
DRILLING HYDRAULIC TANK (MANUAL FILLING PUMP)
DRILLING HYDRAULIC TANK

1
• Machine in tramming position on flat

ground.
• Make sure that the drilling hydraulic
oil level is above the minimum mark
(1) of the sight glass.
• If needed fill up the tank to the
maximum mark using the hand
pump (2).
• Check that QN panel drilling oil level
caution light (H602) is no more
2 illuminated.
DRILLING HYDRAULIC TANK (OPTIONAL ELECTRIC FILLING PUMP)
DRILLING HYDRAULIC TANK
1
• Machine in tramming position on flat
ground.
• Make sure that the drilling hydraulic
oil level is above the minimum mark
(1) of the sight glass.
• If needed fill up the tank to the
maximum mark using the electric
filling pump by pressing switch (2).
• Check that QN panel drilling oil level
caution light (H602) is no more
illuminated.
2

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WIGGINS FAST FILLING SYSTEM (OPTION)
1. Drilling tank oil filling plug.

1
2. Tramming tank oil filling plug.
3. Diesel engine cranckcase oil filling
plug.
3
WHEELS
3
1
• Visually check the tires (1), look for

damages.
2
• Make sure the nuts (2) are correctly
tighten (Wheel tightening torque: 630
Nm for standard rim and 740Nm for
wide rim offset).
• Make sure the lock ring (3) is correctly
in place.
• Check the tires’ pressure: 10 bar for
SOLIDEAL/HAULER tires.
STANDARD RIM WIDE RIM OFFSET

Note! Tires pressures are indicated on
the rig by decals near each wheels.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
COMPRESSOR CTN10
6b
5
6a
2 1
• The clogging indicator (1) must be in the green zone.

• A clogging indicator in the red zone, calls for filter element (2) replacement.
• Check air inlet components, and inlet hoses for loose clamps and cracks in hose.
3 - Air circuit pressure
--> must stay between 3 bar and 8 bar (while running).
4 - Compressor oil temperature
--> must stay under 100°C.
• First stop the compressor, and make sure that the receiver is pressure less. Blow-
out the air circuit after stopping; then wait 15 minutes.
• Check the oil level in the compressor (6a) or (6b).
• Remove the oil filling plug (5) and add oil up to the top mark levels (6a) or (6b).
• Screw the filling plug in its place.
• Start the air compressor again and stop it after a few time, then repeat the previously
described operation to adjust the oil level.
WARNING! BURN HAZARD!
Hot sprayed oil could cause severe burns.
Do not open the oil filling plug if the receiver is pressurized as hot oil
can be sprayed.
Oil is hot when the compressor has just been stopped.
Wait 20 minutes before doing any operation on the compressor.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
COMPRESSOR CTN16 (OPTIONAL)
6a
6b
5
2 1
6a

• First stop the compressor, and make sure that the receiver is pressureless. Blow-out
the air circuit after stopping; then wait 15 minutes.
• Check the oil level in the compressor (6a) or (6b).
• Remove the oil filling plug (5) and add oil up to the top mark levels (6a) or (6b).
Do not open the oil filling plug if the receiver is pressurized as hot oil
can be sprayed.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
COMPRESSOR CT28 (OPTIONAL)
2 1

• First stop the compressor, and make sure that the receiver is pressureless. Blow-out the
air circuit after stopping; then wait 15 minutes.
• Check the oil level in the compressor (6).
• Remove the oil filling plug (5) and add oil up to the top mark levels (6).
WARNING BURN HAZARD!
Do not open the oil filling plug if the receiver is pressurized as hot oil can be
sprayed.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
SLU ROCK DRILL OILER
113 SD
KIVDNAS
• BOOST BUTTON
- The Boost button is used when, for

instance, oil has run out or the hose to the
rock drill needs to be filled.The Boost button
can also be used if a temporary increase in
shank lubrication is required. When the BOOST BUTTON
Boost button is depressed, oil output rises
to 1200g/h and pumping frequency to 30
strokes per minute. In order to activate
Boost function, hold down the Boost button
until the indicator led flashes. The function
is now in operation as long as the button is
depressed. The Boost button is of spring-
return type, meaning that the pump
resumes operation according to the setting
1
as soon as the button is released.
- During bleeding, the Boost button is useful
3
if the pump’s working frequency is set very 4
low. 2
P T
1. Oil tank
2. Pump unit
3. Bleeding screw
4. Hydraulics bleeding screw
5. Pressurized air
RISK OF COMPONENT DAMAGE!

NOTICE Flawless operation of shank lubrication is essential.
Inadequate operation quickly causes serious damage on the
rock drill.
Always make sure that the shank lubrication oil you use meets
the specifications. Choose correct oil viscosity according to
ambient temperature.
The pressurized air used for shank lubrication should be taken

from the rig’s own compressor.Air from external sources
should be used in exceptional circumstances only. If an
external air source is used, make sure that the air is sufficiently
clean.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
AIR/WATER CLEANER
1 2
- Every shift, bleed the air tank (1) and the IP5 air filter (2) (Optional).
• First stop the air compressor.
• Open the bleeding valve(s) to remove the condensed water in air tank or IP5
• Close the bleeding valve(s) before starting the compressor.
WARNING! PRESSURIZED AIR HAZARD!
Air blow could cause severe injuries.
Open the bleeding valve slowly.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WATER SUPPLY
Tank cap plug
Check the water supply:

• Correct water supply connection (1).
• No leaks in water circuit components.
The mine water supply pressure must stay between 3 bar and 14 bar.
Note! A lack of water or a loss of pressure stops all drilling operations (percussion,
rotation and feed halted).
Use the drain ball valve to drain the water supply connection filter (2).
WATER TANK FILLING

To fill the water tank through the water supply connection, before starting the filling opera-
tion always open the tank cap plug in order to not over pressurize the tank and damage it.
WATER PUMP
Drain ball valve The water pump must be drained before

each start and after each maintenance
work on the water circuit.
Use the drain ball valve for this operation.
NOTICE RISK OF COMPONENT DAMAGE!

If the temperature in the storing place of the machine is lower
than the freezing point, the water circuit and the water scrubber
must be protected or drained.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
BOLTING HEAD AND BOOM

DANGER
ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD!
Getting entangled in rotating parts will cause death or severe

injuries.
Before checking the bolting head, always ensure that electrical

power pack and diesel engine are switched off.
The bolting head must be in low horizontal position or in vertical
position supported by the ground.
• Ensure that the cradles (1) guide
shoes are correctly positioned and
tightly in place.
2
• Ensure that the feed rails are in good
condition and free of dirt which could
obstruct the drilling and bolting
movements (wash them if
necessary).
• All the rails nuts must be properly
tightened.
• Check condition of pulley and cables
(2).
3
• There must be no missing or loose
nuts and screws.
• The drills must be correctly fastened
on their cradles and their screws and
nuts must be tightened.
• Check that nothing obstructs the
1
rotation of the carousel (3).
2 • Check all the hoses for fraying or
wear.
• Check and grease all pins and
pulleys.
RISK OF COMPONENT DAMAGE!

NOTICE The hoses must be kept under the protection of their spiral sheath.
Do not grease the bolting head rails.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
OIL SPRAYER SYSTEM (OPTION)
Before bolting operations, use the oil sprayer

unit (1) with gun (2) to spray oil on the bolting
1
head. This action allows to protect and make
easy to clean the cement from the bolting
head.
2
DANGER! ENVIRONMENT POLLUTION HAZARD!
USING NON BIODEGRADABLE OIL FOR THE OIL SPRAYER SYSTEM WILL
POLLUTE THE ENVIRONMENT.
Only biodegradable oil must be used.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.6. Brakes tests
WARNING
RUNAWAY MACHINE HAZARD!
Using a machine with faulty brakes could lead to an hazardous

situation and cause death or severe injuries.
Whenever an operator takes charge of the machine, he must

perform the electrical emergency/parking brake test and service
brake tests before any other operation.
DANGER
UNEXPECTED MOVEMENT OF THE DRILL RIG DURING THE

BRAKE TEST COULD CAUSE DEATH OR SEVERE INJURIES.
ENSURE THERE IS NOBODY IN THE HAZARD ZONE INDICATED

BELOW DURING BRAKE TEST.
ALWAYS SOUND THE HORN BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE IN

ORDER TO PERFOM THE TEST.
Safety telescopic canopy version
5m
5m
5m 5m

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Cabin version
5m
5m
5m 5m
DANGEROUS ZONES:
• 5m zone toward the front end of the bolting head and 5m zone backward the rear
end of the machine.
• 5m zones from right and left sides of the machine.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.6.1. Emergency / parking brake test
3 1 2
6
7
1. Emergency/parking brake push button. 4. Accelerator pedal.

2. Driving direction/speed selector joystick and 5. Service brake pedal.
horn. 6. Tramming pressure gauge.
3. Emergency/parking brake test selector switch. 7. Front and rear service brakes pressure
gauges
1. TEST PREPARATION
• Perform the brake test in a safe, horizontal, flat and opened zone.
• Ensure the machine is in tramming position with normal oil temperature and operating
conditions.
• Apply the emergency/parking brakes by pressing the push button (1).
• Turn the tramming speed selector switch (2) to slow speed range (turtle).
2. EMERGENCY / PARKING BRAKE TEST

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
DANGER
Using a machine with faulty brakes will lead to hazardous

situations and cause death or severe injuries.
If the machine doesn’t fulfill the emergency/parking brake test

and service brake tests, have the brakes repaired immediately.
DO NOT USE the machine and inform a responsible person

immediately.
Operator must be seated with the safety belt fastened all the time during the test.
Test must be done with machine wheels on ground.
• Apply the parking brake by pushing the emergency/parking brake push button (1).
• Select the faster speed with Joystick (2).
• Select a safe tramming direction (2), put and keep the brake test switch (3) in TEST
position and accelerate (4) slowly.
• The tramming pressure must reach the value of 270 bar.
• Check also the correct test value for the rig on the brake test procedure label.
BRAKE TEST Prior to any operation

1 2 6 TEST PREPARATION:
3 - Test must be done machine wheels on ground.
- Operator in tramming position, seat belt fastened.
- Push on the park brake button (1).
PARK/EMERGENCY BRAKE TEST:
- Select the faster speed with Joystick (2)
- Select a safe tramming direction (2)
105 mm
NOTA: The two tramming directions have to

be tested.
- Turn the test button(3) at test position
- Accelerate slowly (4) ,
until pressure P is reached (6)
4 For 2x112 axle (P=270 bar) X
For 1x112 + 1x123 axle (P=270 bar)
For 2x123 axle (P=315 bar)
MOBILE MACHINERY. Unauthorized WARNING: Machine must not move.
stay inside operating area of machine
is absolutely PROHIBITED.
! In case of failure, do not use the
machine and inform technical
! Moving machinery and its moving
maintenance crew.
WARNING: USE ONLY 0-600 bar
elements can result in severe injury
or death.
! GAUGE DUE TO THE HIGH
PRESSURE. 77022149_C
• Read the pressure on tramming pressure gauge (6).
=> THE MACHINE MUST NOT MOVE.
Note! The test must be done for the two tramming directions.
UP DATE
R.BARRAUD
ETIQUETTE TEST DES FREINS GAMME 301 al B

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021According
RANGE 301 BRAKE TEST DECAL ER-PM-GP To DT273.0435
4.6.2. Service brake tests
1. SERVICE BRAKE CIRCUIT TESTS
DANGER

If the machine doesn’t fulfill the emergency/parking brake test and

service brake tests, have the brakes repaired immediately.

immediately.
TEST 1:
Test preparation:
• Test must be done machine wheels on ground.
• Operator must be seated with the safety belt fastened all the time during the test.
• Push on the emergency/parking brake button (1).
Test procedure:
Check the service brake pressures by pushing the service brake pedal (5) and by reading the
front and rear service brake pressure gauges (7).
• The pressures gauges must indicate 50 bar minimum.
• The pressure difference between the front and the rear axles must be less than 20 bar.
TEST 2:
Test preparation:
• Release the emergency/parking brake.
• Articulate the machine to the right side at its maximum steering
angle.
• Set the machine on stabilizers, no contact between tires and
ground.
Test procedure:
• Select a safe tramming direction (2) and accelerate (4) to put
wheels in rotation.
• Release the accelerating pedal (4) and push on the service brake
pedal (5).
=> WHEELS MUST IMMEDIATELY STOP TURNING.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2. SERVICE BRAKE DYNAMIC TEST
Sandvik recommends to test the service brake additionally by dynamic

way.This tests must only be made by service team on test track or similar
safe place after periodic maintenance operations or when the brakes are
replaced.
DANGER

If the machine doesn’t fulfill the emergency/parking brake test and

service brake tests, have the brakes repaired immediately.

immediately.
This test requires 50 meters long and straight test track.

The test track must be horizontal and flat. Do not arrange the dynamic test on inclined test track.
The machine must be in tramming position with normal oil temperature and operating
conditions.
Seat belt must be fastened all the time during the test.
The test procedure is as follows:
• Select the faster speed with joystick (2).
• Select a safe driving direction (2).
• Accelerate (4) the machine 10 - 20 meters, release the accelerator pedal (4) and push on
the service brake pedal (5).
- => THE MACHINE MUST STOP IMMEDIATELY.
• If the machine doesn’t stop, push the control button (1) of the emergency brakes.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.7. Tramming
4.7.1. Machine in tramming and parking positions
WARNING
TIPPING HAZARD!
While tramming NEVER SWING THE BOOM If needed SWING THE

BOLTING HEAD.
CRUSHING HAZARD!
Do not stay in dangerous zone, for instance: central articulation

between front chassis and rear chassis.
FEET CRUSHING HAZARD!
When placing the stabilizers, pay attention that nobody is close to

them.
During tramming, boom and bolting head positions are affecting the machine gravity center and
so the stability of the machine.
When tramming/parking:
• Boom and bolting head extensions must be fully retracted.

• Boom and bolting head must be in line with the machine axis.
• Lower boom and bolting head as low as possible.
• Machine on stabilizers when parking.
RISK OF PROPERY DAMAGE!

NOTICE During the tramming with boom in low position, keep a safe distance
with the ground to avoid damage to the rock drill, bolting head and
hoses harness.
RISK OF PROPERY DAMAGE!

NOTICE Tramming with lowered stabilizing jacks could damage drill rig
components.
Before tramming ensure that the jack beam and the jacks are fully
retracted.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Tramming position
DS 311
Parking position
DS 311
OPTIMUM
STABILITY
In a corner, the machine must be trammed at low speed.

The bolting head is under the boom.
If to cross a corner, the operator has no choice but swinging

the boom, the stability of the machine will be seriously
affected. The machine must be carefully moved at very low
speed, less than 1 km/h. Operator can also temporally use,
on the internal corner side, the front stabilizing jack with
telescoping extension to secure the operation. But a safe
distance must be kept between the jack and the ground and
Sandvik will decline all responsibilities in case of damage to
the machine and people injuries.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.7.2. Starting the engine
WARNING
Bystanders into the machine hazard zone and moving area are
generating an hazard which could lead to death or severe injuries.
Always make sure before starting the engine that there is no

unauthorized persons in the danger zones around the machine and
that no controls are in operating position.
The operator must also fasten his seat belt before starting the
engine and sound the horn to warn any person of his intention to
start and move the machine.
The operator has also to make sure that the unbraking hand pump
is in tramming position and that all covers and protective hoods
and doors are installed and properly closed.
• Turn the batteries master switches to the ON position.

EMERGENCY/PARKING
(O)
3 BRAKES PUSH BUTTON
5 MASTER
1
4
SECONDARY
2
• Ensure that the emergency/parking brake is applied. The emergency/ parking brakes push
button must be red ignited.
• Make sure the tramming direction joystick (1) is in the center in neutral position and rotate
the speed selector (2) in low speed position (turtle).
• Turn the ignition key switch (4) to the right to its first position: power supply ON.
• Switch on the tramming lights (3).
• Turn the ignition key (4) to the right to its next position for diesel engine pre heating. Diesel
engine pre heating caution light (5) turns on.
• When diesel engine pre heating caution light (5) turns off, sound the horn (1) to inform
everybody of your intention to start the engine.
• Turn the ignition key switch (4) to the right to its next position in order to start diesel engine.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP

NOTICE Do not run the starter longer than 10 seconds at a time.
Wait the starter to cool down before new starting attempt (10 seconds).

NOTICE After operating, using the machine lights with diesel engine switched
off will unload the batteries.
Electric cable
in the cable feed chute.
RISK OF DAMAGE TO THE CABLE!

NOTICE
During the tramming, the electric cable must be in cable feed chute
in order to prevent cable damage.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
DEUTZ DIESEL ENGINE DISPLAY
The multifunction buttons greatly simplify the

use of electronic display DEUTZ and ensure
that the user has at his disposal as active
buttons that correspond to the respective
functions active. On the screen are displayed
the symbols representing the momentary
function of each button. The positioning of
the symbols above the respective buttons
make it possible to change the function of
each button, while ensuring that the user
knows clearly what the causes of a button.
1 5
The diesel engine electronic display DEUTZ 2 4
can display single, three or four windows. 3
Note! See DEUTZ display service manual

for more informations.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
AVAILABLES SETTINGS
Engine RPM
The diesel engine RPM reading when diesel
is running.
Engine coolant temperature

Normal temperature should be under 100°C.
Indicator light, display blinks and buzzer are
on if temperature is over 113°C.
Batteries voltage
The indicator light, display blinks and buzzer
are on if voltage is under 20VDC.
Engine oil pressure

Normal pressure is over 100 kPa. Indicator
light, display blinks and buzzer are on if
pressure is bellow 70 kPa.
Engine torque
The diesel engine torque reading when diesel
is running.
Accelerator pedal positioning

It Shows the positioning the accelerator
pedal.
Instantaneous fuel
The instantaneous consumption reading
when diesel is running.
Note! You can lock the keyboard by

simultaneously pressing buttons 1 and 5
for 2 seconds and unlock it the same way.
If the keypad is locked, a key symbol
appears on the screen after pressing a
button.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WARNING LIGHTS
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
1. Charging 6. Pre-heating indicator

The indicator lights up if the The engine can be started when
alternator is not operational. the indicator light up. If the engine
Switch off the engine and look for is already warm, preheating is not
the cause. necessary.
2. Transmission oil tank level 7. ABA brake (Optional)

Indicator light is on if oil tank level Indicator light is on if ABA brake
is too low. pressure is falling down.
3. EMR 8. Fuel filter (Optional)

Indicator light is on if diesel engine Water in fuel indicator.
EMR default
9. Stabilizers in high position
4. Service brake
(Optional)
This indicator light is on if front or
Indicator light is on if stabilizers are
rear brake pressure is below 100
in tramming high position.
bar.
5. Parking brakes 10. Engine oil level (Optional)

This indicator light is on when the Indicator light is on if engine oil
parking brakes are engaged with level is too low.
a pressure lower 3 bar.
There is a fault on one of the two
brake circuits when the light blink.
WARNING! BRAKING FAILURE HAZARD!
Braking failure could lead to death or severe injuries.
If one of the three brake warning lights turns on or blinks, stop the machine
immediately and notify maintenance for brakes repair.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
TRAMMING CHARGE PRESSURE GAUGE
• Let the engine in idle position and check

the tramming charge pressure gauge 1
(1), it must show a minimum of 21 bar.
(normal value is 30 bar)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.7.3. Reverse tramming camera system
This camera system consists of two cameras, one at cabin rear top and one at machine
4
rear end. A monitor at driving compartment enables to display cameras views.
Kontrollen/Controlli/Controles/
Monitor controls
Controles/
1
2
3
4
5
1 2
1 2
3 MENU 4 UP 5 DOWN
Automatic low light sensor - automatically adjusts monitor brightness.

1 6 Capteur optiqueKontrollen/Controlli/Controles/
automatique de basse luminosité - Réglage automatique de
luminosité du moniteur
Controles Automatischer Low-Light Sensor -passt Monitorhelligkeit automatisch an
x1=
3 MENU
3 MENU x 0.5sec =
5 DOWN = UP =

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2 Operation/Opération/Betrieb/Operazione/Operación/
Werking
Auto Power
4 MENU x 20sec =
3 Set
4 up menu/Menu
MENU setup/Setup
x 20sec Menü/Menu
= setup/Menú
p/Setup menu
MENU
?
AMERA SETTING
3 Set up menu/Menu setup/Setup Menü/Menu setup/Menú
IGGER SETTING
setup/Setup
UTOmenu
SCAN SETTING
AY/NIGHT
MENU SETTINGx 0.5sec =
4
VANCED MENU
1. CAMERA SETTING
2. TRIGGER SETTING
3. AUTO SCAN SETTING
4. DAY/NIGHT SETTING
5. ADVANCED MENU
1. LANGUAGE: [ENGLISH;DEUTCH;
FRANCAIS;ITALIANO;ESPANOL]
2. AUTO POWER: [ON]
3. FACTORY RESET
GUAGE: [ENGLISH;DEUTCH;
MENU =
FRANCAIS;ITALIANO;ESPANOL]
UTO POWER: [ON]
ACTORY RESET
MENU
Copyright © Sandvik Mining and Construction
166 (310)
ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.7.4. Electric cable
DANGER
severe injuries.
Never use an electric cable unless it is firmly positioned on its

support. this will prevent unnecessary tension on the cable which
may result in the plug being pulled from its socket.
The cable must never be live before the machine is ready to drill
and the cable itself has been placed in its support and support
hooks.
NEVER HANDLE A LIVE CABLE.
Never move the machine if the cable is live.

To ensure that no vehicle will drive over the cable, lay the cable in
hooks which have been placed in the sidewall along the length of
the gallery being drilled.
CABLE REEL CONTROL
• Ensure the cable reel control lever in

the neutral position N.
• Ensure that the power supply from the
mine electric box to the machine is
OFF. SH3 N
• Plug the cable into the mine electric
box.
• Secure the cable on the support
provided by the mine.
• Tram to the face to be drilled.
If the tramming stops and the red caution light SH3 is on.
• Push button SH3 to add a few meters of cable. (3 more cable reel revolutions only)
• When the button SH3 lights on and the tramming stops, one more time, you can only use
backward tramming.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Cable reeling procedure
• Push the control lever in position (1) in

1 N
the operator compartment to reel the
cable.
• Tram the machine backward. The cable
is picked up and reeled.
• Few meter from the cable end, pull the
control lever in the neutral position (N).
• Switch off the mine power supply and
unplug the cable.
• Back to the rear of the machine, push EMERGENCY STOP
3 PUSH BUTTON
button (2) to "authorize" to reel the
cable and push the button (3) to reel it.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.7.5. Inhibition switches (option)
DANGER
Using a machine with faulty safety devices will lead to hazardous

situation and cause death or severe injuries.
Operating the machine is prohibited if the safety devices systems

are not working or not in proper condition.
immediately.
WARNING

rotating parts in case of standing into the hazard zone during the
safety devices test and cause death or severe injuries.
Ensure there is nobody in the hazard zone during safety devices

test.
Always sound the horn before starting the engine in order to
perform the test.
Unlocking position Locking position

The switch light is off The switch light turns on
• Switch the first inhibition switch to the locking position, ensure light is ON.
• Test the boom movement and drilling operations. Ensure that these movements are not
allowed.
• Put back the switch in the unlocking position, ensure light is OFF.
• Test the boom movements and drilling operations. These movements are now enabled.
• Do the same procedure for the second switch.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.7.6. Moving the machine
WARNING

severe injuries.

DURING TRAMMING.
Always sound the horn to warn people before moving the machine.
Always apply the service brake pedal (B), before selecting the
tramming direction.
FORWARD / BACKWARD
1
2
3
• Always refer to the maximum limitation

angles.
• Make sure boom and drill feed are in
tramming position.
• Retract the stabilizers (rear first then
front).
• Pull up the emergency / parking brakes
push button (1) and press the red button
(2) to release the brakes.
• Apply the service brake pedal (B),
before selecting the tramming direction.
A
• Select the tramming speed and direction
with joystick (3) push to move forward, B
pull to move backward.
• Gradually release the service brake
pedal (B).
• Press on the accelerator pedal (A) to
move the machine. The speed depends
on the diesel engine rpm.
113 SD
KIVDNAS

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WHERE USING LOW SPEED RANGE?
• Turn the tramming speed selector (1) in

low speed range in incline, decline, in
busy or crowded areas and in working
areas.
• Drive slowly around corners, sound the
horn and warn people in areas you 1
cannot see.
• Observe mine speed limit regulation.

NOTICE Do not activate the steering without moving forward or backward the
machine.
If so high stresses will be generated on the tramming axles and could
damage them.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.7.7 Stopping the machine
WARNING
EMERGENCY BRAKING FAILLURE HAZARD!
Emergency braking failure in an emergency situation could lead to

Always ensure free access to the emergency brake push button and
check the operation of the emergency brakes prior to use the
machine.
EMERGENCY STOP / BRAKING HAZARD!
As the machine may come to an abrupt halt, the operator must be

correctly seated with the safety belt fastened and attentive at all
times.
TRANSPORTING PASSENGERS AND STANDING UP WHILE
TRAMMING IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN!
HOW TO STOP THE MACHINE?
In normal tramming conditions to stop the

machine you must:
• Release the accelerator pedal (A), the
machine will reduce speed.
• Slowly push with the right foot on the A
service brake pedal (B).
EMERGENCY STOPPING
EMERGENCY/PARKING
BRAKES PUSH BUTTON
In case of emergency, push the emergency /

parking brakes push button to activate the
emergency brake.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.7.8. Parking the machine
WARNING
Runaway machine could lead to death or severe injuries.
Never leave the machine while the engine is running.
To park the machine safely, select an area clear of personnel and a location where the machine
will not obstruct passage of other equipment.
• Bring the machine to a full stop. Release the accelerator pedal and press on tramming
control pedal.
• Apply the emergency/parking brakes. Check the brake red light is on.
• Position the two front stabilizers and the two rear stabilizers firmly on the ground. The
distance between the wheels and the ground must not be more than 13 mm (1/2").
• The machine must be turned into a bank or rib to prevent it from running away. Place a stop
block on the wheels when parking a gradient.
• Allow the diesel engine to idle several minutes to allow critical components to cool
gradually.
• Stop the engine by turning the ignition key switch.
• Turn the both batteries master switches to the "OFF" position. Turn the both batteries
master switches (2) and (3) to the "OFF" position.
OFF 3
ON
BATTERIES MASTER
SWITCH
2
BATTERIES SECONDARY
MASTER SWITCH

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.8. Drilling
4.8.1. Setting-up the machine in the drift
WARNING

severe injuries.
DO NOT ALLOW PERSONNEL TO STAND IN THE TRAMMING

HAZARD ZONE DURING TRAMMING.
The tramming hazard zone is a 5m wide zone surrounding the
machine.
Always sound the horn to warn people before moving the machine.
Always apply the service brake pedal, before selecting the
tramming direction.

onto the operator’s compartment and cause death or severe
injuries.
During drilling and bolting operations, ensure that personnel stands

in the safety roofbolted zone or stay under the safety canopy.
If there is a need for maintenance or repair, move the machine back
into the already roofbolted zone.
PERSONNEL AND MACHINE MUST NEVER BE IN A ZONE THAT
HAS NOT BEEN CAREFULLY SCALED AND ROOFBOLTED.

rotating parts in case of standing into the hazard zone during
drilling and cause death or severe injuries.

INDICATED NEXT PAGE DURING DRILLING AND BOOM
MOVEMENTS.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Place the machine length ways of the drift at an equal distance from the sidewalls for optimum
bolting.

HAZARD ZONE ZONE

HAZARD ZONE ZONE

HAZARD ZONE ZONE

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.8.2. Use of stabilizers
WARNING
TIPPING AND FEET CRUSHING HAZARD!
Boom movements and drilling operations without stabilizing the

machine could cause tip over and result in death or severe injuries.
Lower the stabilizing jacks and put them firmly in contact with the
ground to stabilize the drill rig before boom movements and drilling
operations.
When placing the stabilizers, pay attention that nobody is close to
them.
Never exceed the specified maximum inclination angles.
SANDVIK
DS311
OPTIMUM
STABILITY
DS 311
OPTIMUM
STABILITY
OPTIMUM
STABILITY
Place the stabilizers (front stabilizers first, then rear stabilizers) firmly on the ground. For optimum
stability, do not over-lift the chassis.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.8.3. Electric power
Check following points before switching the mine circuit-breaker ON.

• Machine in drilling position.
• Water hose connected.
• Air hose connected (Optional).
• Electric cable carefully positioned along the sidewall.
MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
MASTER SECONDARY
OFF
ON
SANDVIK
DS311
SANDVIK
DS311
MASTER SECONDARY
OFF
DS 311
ON
DS 311
Note! For ULC-CSA machines, to be able to switch ON the main circuit-breaker, you must
turn first the batteries master switches in ON position.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
STD or ULC/CSA
ON
• Rotate then the main circuit-breaker in

ON position.
Note! If the electric main circuit-breaker

trip OFF automatically due to an electric OFF
RESET
problem, move the handle fully to reset
position prior to place it back to ON
ON
position. For 1000V system, press the
OFF 1000V
S300 reset switch.
Note! Do not use the emergency stop

button in normal process to stop the
power pack, use dedicated stop button.
RESET
If equipped press on the start push button

(5).
5 6

NOTICE In drilling electric mode, switch OFF the batteries master switches so
as not to discharge the batteries.
POWER PACK START UP

• Ensure that all the control levers for the
hydraulic control valves, particularly the
drilling control levers, are in the neutral
position.
• Turn the switch A to the right (I) the
electric power pack is under tension, turn
to the right (START) power pack starts
and the switch automatically returns to
A position (I). Turn to the left (O) power
pack stops.
Note! Wait 10 seconds before using any

control levers.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.8.4. Access detector (Optional)
The access detector option is a warning system based on crossing a safety zone. A laser beam
generates an invisible fence which when crossed notifies the operator. So the operator can stop
the drilling sequence or the boom movements in order to keep safe the trespasser.
Main components
Detection laser
Control panel
Boom with detection laser
Electric box
The access detector features:

• One boom with detection laser located at the machine’s rear.
• One control system electric box.
• One control panel located in the drilling compartment which warms the operator thanks to
warning lights in case of laser beam fence crossing.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Boom and laser positioning
In normal use the boom is retracted close to the machine.
Boom and laser position for normal use
If the machine is equipped with options or other equipments fastened on its rear side, the boom
must be extended and the laser must be oriented perpendicularly of the central machine’s axis.
Boom and laser in extended position
Extended boom
Laser oriented perpendicularly of

Locking system the central machine’s axis.
• The boom and laser positioning are possible by unlocking the indexing system then
swiveling the boom and the laser to the needed position.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
System activation
WARNING! RADIATION HAZARD!

The laser beam cannot be seen with human eye.
The laser corresponds to laser class 1 as per EN 60825-1 and complies with
21 CFR 1040.10.
The radiation emitted in normal operation is not harmful to human eyes and
skin.
The hazard zone during drilling operation and boom movements begins at the front axle and
extends forward.
Crossing the virtual fence will warn the operator of trespasser entering the warning zone.
The operator can stop the drilling sequence if needed.
ROOFBOLTED ZONE

HAZARD ZONE

HAZARD ZONE

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
The access detector system is under tension as soon as both batteries master switches are put
to the ON position.
The setting of the system is operated from the control panel.
A B
• A: System status light
- Light OFF: System shut down.
- Light ON: System activated.
• B: Crossing laser fence light (detection)

- Light blinking: Laser fence crossed. Trespasser entered into the warning zone.
• C: System configuration light

- Light ON: System unconfigured.
- Light OFF: System configured.
• D: Initialization switch
- Switch to the left: Initialization mode selected.
- Switch to the right: System ready (detection zone defined).

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Before running the system, different steps are needed:
1- When the machine is under power, only the yellow light B

blinks.
2- Wait 30 seconds until the auto control of the electronic C

system is done.
When the system is ready:
• Red light C turns ON.
• Green light A turns ON. A B
• Yellow light B blinks.
3- To set the detection zone, turn to the left the switch

D in initialization mode or turn the power pack switch to C
Start position. D
D
• Red light C turns OFF.
• Green light A turns OFF then ON again.
• Yellow light B still blinking. A B
Blind
zone
Scanned zone Scanned zone with

The virtual fence is defined a blind zone is defined
Note! To define the wider virtual fence, avoid objects or equipments crossing the laser
beam.
Objects into the laser beam will define blind zones. No detection is possible into such
blind zones.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
The detection zone is memorized by the system.
4- To validate the detection zone and to enable the system, C

turn to the right the switch D.
• Green light A remains ON. D
• Yellow light B turns OFF.
The system is ready to operate.

A B
How does it work?
If the virtual fence is crossed, the system detects a modification

C
of the detection zone.
• The yellow light B starts blinking. D
A B
To re-initialize the detection zone and to re-start the system,

C
turn to the right the switch D.
• The green light A remains ON. D
• The yellow light B turns off.
A B
The system is ready to operate again.
To initialize the detection zone, (new detection zone scanning)

C
turn the switch D to the left in initialization mode or start the
power pack. D
The detection zone will be scanned and memorized by the

system.
A B

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Troubleshooting
User interface
C
• A: System status light
• B: Crossing laser fence light (detection)
• C: System configuration light
D
• D: Initialization switch
A B
Cause Remedy
System does not start when turning the switch If the detection area has been changed after
(D) to acknowledgment position. initialization( e.g. objects in the detection
area) the system has to be reinitialized.
Scanner ready indicator light (A) is blinking Clean the scanner and reinitialize the
and contamination indicator light is lit on system.
scanner but system is otherwise functional.
Scanner ready indicator light (B) stays off after

30 seconds from turning main switch on and Check the scanner cabling.
turning the switch (D) to the initialize position
does not work. Scanner LEDs are functional
and initialization by starting the power pack(s)
is operational.
Any of the indicator lights is constantly lit when Check the lamp cabling.
it should not be or is not lit when it should be.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Scanner status indicators
• 1 Scanner in operation, no detection

2 1
• 2 Scanner is not in device ready mode
6 3 • 3 Optics cover contaminated
• 4 Object in detection field
4 5 • 5 Scanner in the initialization mode
• 6 7-segment display for diagnostics on
occurring errors
Display Possible cause Remedy
No operating voltage or Check the voltage supply

Both off voltage too low. and activate if necessary.
Optics cover contaminated

Clean the optics cover.
Illuminated but scanner still operating.
Optics cover contaminated Clean the optics cover.

Flashes and scanner not operating.
See the indications of the 7-

System error. segment display.
Flashes quickly
Switch the device off and
back on again.
No operating voltage or Check the voltage supply

voltage too low. and activate if necessary.
Scanner in idle mode, the No error. If the criteria for the

outputs are in the off state and idle mode are withdrawn, readi-
the laser is switched off. ness for operation is reestab-
lished.
Motor starts. No error.
Scanner is faulty. Replace the scanner.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
JCVNS'
4.8.5. Drilling functionality
1 - Principles of percussion drilling
!
Percussion drilling has four main functions:
• Percussion (P), which makes the drill bit

penetrate the rock.
• Feed (F), which keeps the drill bit in tight =
contact with the rock.
• Rotation (R), which turns the drill bit to a >
new position before the next percussion.
• Flushing (A), which removes the cuttings
and cools the drilling equipment.
The percussion energy created by the rock drill

piston is transferred to the rock through the drilling
4 !"#$%&&'()*5!67*8.'$.*1/9"&*2."*+#',,*:'2
equipment.
4 =""+*5=67*8.'$.*9"";&*2."*+#',,*:'2*')*2'-.2 @
4 >(2/2'()*5>67*8.'$.*2%#)&*2."*+#',,*:'2*2(*/
)"8*;(&'2'()*:"0(#"*2."*)"?2*;"#$%&&'()<
2 -4 Principles of rotary drilling
=,%&.')-*5@67*8.'$.*#"1(A"&*2."*$%22')-&
Rotary drilling has three main functions:
• Feed (F), which keeps the drill bit in tight

• Rotation (R), which turns the drill bit to cut
the rocks.
• Flushing (A), which removes the cuttings
and cools the drilling equipment.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
JCVNS'
3 - Percussion
Percussion refers to the rock drill piston impacting,

reciprocating movement generated by the hydraulics. The
rock drill shank transfers the piston percussion energy into
the drill rod, and the rod does the same through the drill bit
to the rock. The striking point is the point where the piston
hits the shank.'1;/$2')-7*#"$';#($/2')-*1(A"1")2*-")"#/2"+
The percussion power is generated by the percussion

force, the percussion frequency, and the drill bit
penetration. The percussion power is conveyed to the rock
through the drilling equipment. The percussion power can
be directly controlled by using percussion pressure.
;"#$%&&'()*0(#$"7*2."*;"#$%&&'()*0#"B%")$D7
One of the basic issues in drilling is the energy transfer
/)+*2."*+#',,*:'2X&*;")"2#/2'()<*C."*;"#$%&&'()
capacity of the drilling equipment. Only a certain maximum
amount of kinetic energy can be transferred using drilling
+#',,')-*"B%';1")2<*C."*;"#$%&&'()*;(8"#*$/)
equipment of a certain size. When the equipment ability to
transfer energy is exceeded, equipment damage increases
rapidly. Y)"*(0*2."*:/&'$*'&&%"&*')*+#',,')-*'&*2."*")"#-D
The percussion power used depends on the quality of the

rock to be drilled. If the rock is soft, a lower percussion
pressure can be used. If the rock is hard, a higher
percussion pressure is used.
Setting the percussion pressure always involves a
compromise between penetration rate and equipment
durability.
&(027*/*,(8"#*;"#$%&&'()*;#"&&%#"*$/)*:"*%&"+<

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
JC
4 - Feed
The feed movement means the rock drill linear movement on

the feed.
The purpose of the feed is to keep the shank tightly connected
to the rock drill and the drill bit in firm contact with the rock.
C."*;%#;(&"*(0*2."*0""+*'&*2(*9"";*2."*&./)9
When the percussion2'-.2,D*$())"$2"+*2(*2."*#($9*+#',,*/)+*2."*+#',,
pressure is increased, the feed pressure
must also be increased. The correct feed power depends on
[.")*2."*;"#$%&&'()*;#"&&%#"*'&*')$#"/&"+7
the percussion pressure, rock conditions, hole depth, and the
2."*0""+*;#"&&%#"*1%&2*/,&(*:"*')$#"/&"+<*C."
size and type of the drilling equipment.
$(##"$2*0""+*;(8"#*+";")+&*()*2."*;"#$%&&'()
Broken rock should be drilled using low percussion pressure
;#"&&%#"7*#($9*$()+'2'()&7*.(,"*+";2.7*/)+*2."
and low feed pressure.
The correct feed pressure can be determined by observing
and listening. ;"#$%&&'()*;#"&&%#"*/)+*,(8*0""+*;#"&&%#"<
C."*$(##"$2*0""+*;#"&&%#"*$/)*:"*+"2"#1')"+
OBSERVE the following, which should be present:
• Constant progressive movement of the rock drill (the
drill carriage should not shake).
4 E()&2/)2*;#(-#"&&'A"*1(A"1")2*(0*2."
• Constant rotation of the rock drill (constant rpm).
• Tight shank connection (the connection must not
overheat4/ E()&2/)2*#(2/2'()*(0*2."*#($9*+#',,*5$()&2/)2
turn blue / emit smoke).
• Constant penetration0.
4 C'-.2*&./)9*$())"$2'()*52."*$())"$2'()
LISTEN for the following:
1%&2*)(2*(A"#."/2*^*2%#)*:,%"*^*"1'2*&1(9"6
• Constant drilling sound (no rattling or shaking
sounds).4 E()&2/)2*;")"2#/2'()
4 E()&2/)2*+#',,')-*&(%)+*5)(*#/22,')-*(#
Excessive feed power does not increase penetration. It only
increases drill bit wear, causes irregularity in the drilled holes,
and bends the rod, causing unusually high rotation pressures.
Inadequate feed power leads to loss of contact between the
drill bit and the rock. This causes the percussion energy to be
:")+&*2."*#(+7*$/%&')-*%)%&%/,,D*.'-.*#(2/2'()
reflected back to the drilling equipment, causing damage to
the equipment, the rock drill, and the drill carriage.
I)/+"B%/2"*0""+*;(8"#*,"/+&*2(*,(&&*(0*$()2/$2
:"28"")*2."*+#',,*:'2*/)+*2."*#($9<*C.'&*$/%&"&
2."*;"#$%&&'()*")"#-D*2(*:"*#"0,"$2"+*:/$9*2(
2."*+#',,')-*"B%';1")27*$/%&')-*+/1/-"*2(*2."
/-"<

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
JCVNS'
5 - Rotation
Rotation is the drill rod rotation movement that

aims to move the drill bit buttons between
percussions. The hydraulic motor inside the
rock drill rotates the drill rod through a gearing.
The correct rotation speed depends on the
form and diameter of the drill bit, hole depth,
rock conditions, and the other main functions
of drilling.
Inadequate rotation speed causes energy loss
(the cuttings are ground too finely) and leads
to poor penetration.
Too high a rotation speed results in excessive
bit wear, since the rock is broken by rotation
rather than percussion. Excessive rotation
>(2/2'()*'&*2."*+#',,*#(+W&*#(2/2'()*1(A"1")2
2./2*/'1&*2(*1(A"*2."*+#',,*:'2*:%22()&*:"28"")
speed also leads to overtightening of threaded
;"#$%&&'()&<*C."*.D+#/%,'$*1(2(#*')&'+"*2."
connections.
#($9*+#',,*#(2/2"&*2."*+#',,*#(+*2.#(%-.*/*-"/#')-<
0(#1*/)+*+'/1"2"#*(0*2."*+#',,*:'27*.(,"*+";2.7
#($9*$()+'2'()&7*/)+*2."*(2."#*1/')*0%)$2'()&
I)/+"B%/2"*#(2/2'()*&;""+*$/%&"&*")"#-D*,(&&
52."*$%22')-&*/#"*-#(%)+*2((*0')",D6*/)+*,"/+&
C((*.'-.*/*#(2/2'()*&;""+*#"&%,2&*')*"?$"&&'A"
:'2*8"/#7*&')$"*2."*#($9*'&*:#(9")*:D*#(2/2'()
&;""+*/,&(*,"/+&*2(*(A"#2'-.2")')-*(0*2.#"/+"+

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
OPERATOR’S MANUAL 311
DSJCVNS'
6 - Flushing
Flushing means transferring the loose rock material

(cuttings) created in drilling away from the drill hole.
The other task of the flushing function is to cool the
structures of the rock drill and the drilling
equipment.
Poor flushing leads to low penetration (cuttings are
ground at the bottom of the hole), to short drilling
equipment service life (risk of rod jamming is
increased), and to rapid wear of the drill bit. /D*0#(1
)-
Water flushing
Water flushing is a flushing method that binds rock
dust. Flushing is led to the rock drill's flushing )-&
/#"*-#(%)+*/2*2."*:(22(1*(0*2."*.(,"67*2(*&.(#2
housing, from which it flows through the shank to
the drill rod, and onward through the flushing holes
in the drill bit to the drill hole.
Air flushing
[/2"#*0,%&.')-*'&*/*0,%&.')-*1"2.(+*2./2*:')+&
The flushing air is carried to the bottom of the hole
0,%&.')-*.(%&')-7*0#(1*8.'$.*'2*0,(8&*2.#(%-.
through the rod hole and the holes in the drill bit.
2."*&./)9*2(*2."*+#',,*#(+7*/)+*()8/#+*2.#(%-.
The mix of flushing air and cuttings is directed out
of the hole through the space between the rod *.(,"<and
the hole wall.
C."*0,%&.')-*/'#*'&*$/##'"+*2(*2."*:(22(1*(0*2."
)*2."
Air mist flushing (Optional)
+#',,*:'2<*C."*1'?*(0*0,%&.')-*/'#*/)+*$%22')-&*'&
In air mist flushing, a certain amount of water is
sprayed into the flushing air. The amount of water is
adjusted according to the hole size, drilling
I)*/'#*1'&2*0,%&.')-7*/*$"#2/')*/1(%)2*(0*8/2"#
direction, and rock type.
'&*&;#/D"+*')2(*2."*0,%&.')-*/'#<*C."*/1(%)2*(0
8/2"#*'&*/+a%&2"+*/$$(#+')-*2(*2."*.(,"*&'Z"7

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
$QWLMDPPLQJDXWRPDWLFV
2SHUDWRUV0DQXDO '7L
DS311 7KHUHDUHGLIIHUHQWOLPLWYDOXHVLQGLFDWLQJDQDQWLMDPPLQJVLWXDWLRQIRUHDFK
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
KROHW\SH7KHDQWLMDPPLQJFRQWUROZRUNVDOVRGXULQJH[WUDFWLRQRIWKHGULOO
ELW
$QWLMDPPLQJDXWRPDWLFV
7 - Anti-jamming -DPPLQJRIWKHGULOOLQJHTXLSPHQWPDNHVURWDWLRQRIWKHGULOOLQJHTXLSPHQW
automatics
7KHUHDUHGLIIHUHQWOLPLWYDOXHVLQGLFDWLQJDQDQWLMDPPLQJVLWXDWLRQIRUHDFK
PRUHGLIILFXOWRUVWRSVLW
KROHW\SH7KHDQWLMDPPLQJFRQWUROZRUNVDOVRGXULQJH[WUDFWLRQRIWKHGULOO
ELW operates in a situation where the rotation pressure of the drill rod rises
The anti-jamming system
above a set value due -DPPLQJRIWKHGULOOLQJHTXLSPHQWPDNHVURWDWLRQRIWKHGULOOLQJHTXLSPHQW
to, for instance, a fissure in the rock.
PRUHGLIILFXOWRUVWRSVLW
7KHDQWLMDPPLQJDXWRPDWLFVPHDVXUHWKHURFNGULOO
VURWDWLRQSUHVVXUH
GXULQJGULOOLQJ,IWKHURWDWLRQSUHVVXUHH[FHHGVWKHSUHVHWOLPLWYDOXHGXULQJ
GULOOLQJDQGUHPDLQVRYHUWKHOLPLWIRUWKHGHOD\VSHFLILHGDQWLMDPPLQJ
DXWRPDWLFVDUHDFWLYDWHG
7KHDQWLMDPPLQJDXWRPDWLFVPHDVXUHWKHURFNGULOO
VURWDWLRQSUHVVXUH
:KHQWKHDQWLMDPPLQJDXWRPDWLFVZRUNWKHIHHGGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHG7KH
GXULQJGULOOLQJ,IWKHURWDWLRQSUHVVXUHH[FHHGVWKHSUHVHWOLPLWYDOXHGXULQJ
The drilling system measures the rotation pressure of the rock drill during drilling. If the pressure
PD[LPXPIHHGPRYHPHQWSRZHUDQGPRYHPHQWVSHHGVHWSRLQWYDOXHDV
GULOOLQJDQGUHPDLQVRYHUWKHOLPLWIRUWKHGHOD\VSHFLILHGDQWLMDPPLQJ
exceeds the limit value set with the anti-jamming automatics, feed starts moving backwards.
ZHOODVWKHSHUFXVVLRQSUHVVXUHDUHVHWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHDQWLMDPPLQJ
DXWRPDWLFVDUHDFWLYDWHG
VLWXDWLRQSDUDPHWHUV5RWDWLRQUHPDLQVDFWLYHWKHZKROHWLPH
:KHQWKHDQWLMDPPLQJDXWRPDWLFVZRUNWKHIHHGGLUHFWLRQLVUHYHUVHG7KH
PD[LPXPIHHGPRYHPHQWSRZHUDQGPRYHPHQWVSHHGVHWSRLQWYDOXHDV
ZHOODVWKHSHUFXVVLRQSUHVVXUHDUHVHWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHDQWLMDPPLQJ
VLWXDWLRQSDUDPHWHUV5RWDWLRQUHPDLQVDFWLYHWKHZKROHWLPH
2SHUDWRUV0DQXDO '7L
When anti-jamming automatics starts, feed direction reverses automatically and percussion
remains on. When $QWLMDPPLQJDXWRPDWLFVUHPDLQDFWLYHXQWLO
rotation pressure is again below the limit value, the original feed direction is
returned after a delay. At the same time, drilling power drops to half-power
5RWDWLRQSUHVVXUHGURSVEHORZWKHOLPLWYDOXH level.
!IHHGIRUZDUGLVVZLWFKHG
RQDIWHUDGHOD\
WKHURFNGULOOUHDFKHVWKHUHDUOLPLWRUWKHUHWUDFWLRQGLVWDQFHVHW
&RS\ULJKW6DQGYLN0LQLQJDQG&RQVWUXFWLRQ
return to their normal set values as the feed resistance rises
WKHRSHUDWRUVWRSVWKHGULOOLQJXVLQJWKHFRQWUROSDQHO
The feed and percussion pressures
,'%*%
normal.
&RQWUROGXULQJH[WUDFWLRQZRUNVLQWKHVDPHPDQQHUDVWKHFRQWUROGXULQJ
The activation pressure of the anti-jamming automatics can be adjusted according to rock type.
GULOOLQJZLWKWKHIROORZLQJH[FHSWLRQV
The adjusting has been described inside DS311 THC560 manual.
LWZLOOQRWZRUNLQWKHVDIHW\]RQHFPDWWKHERWWRPRIWKHKROH
,'%*%
LQDQDQWLMDPPLQJVLWXDWLRQWKHURFNGULOOLVPRYHGIRUZDUGLQVWHDGRI
H[WUDFWLRQ
192 (310) LIWKHGULOOUHDFKHVWKHVDIHW\]RQHWKHIRUZDUGPRYHPHQWLVVWRSSHGDQG
WKHGULOOVWD\VLQSODFHURWDWLQJ
ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
2SHUDWRUV0DQXDO DS 311
'7L
2SHUDWRUV0DQXDO '7L
2SHUDWRUV0DQXDO
8 - Drill steel
'7L
2SHUDWRUV0DQXDO
'ULOOVWHHO '7L
2SHUDWRUV0DQXDO '7L
2SHUDWRUV0DQXDO
Shank 'ULOOVWHHO '7L
6KDQN 'ULOOVWHHO
The percussion energy and rotation torque are
7KHSHUFXVVLRQHQHUJ\DQGURWDWLRQWRUTXHDUH
6KDQN 'ULOOVWHHO
transferred to the drilling equipment through the
6KDQN 'ULOOVWHHO
WUDQVIHUUHGWRWKHGULOOLQJHTXLSPHQWWKURXJKWKH
shank. 'ULOOVWHHO
VKDQN
6KDQN
VKDQN
6KDQN
&RXSOLQJVOHHYH
6KDQN
VKDQN sleeve
Coupling
6OHHYHVDUHXVHGWRFRQQHFWWKHH[WHQVLRQURGV
&RXSOLQJVOHHYH
VKDQN
Sleeves are used to connect the extension rods
&RXSOLQJVOHHYH
WRJHWKHU
VKDQN
together.
WRJHWKHU
VKDQN
&RXSOLQJVOHHYH
([WHQVLRQURG
WRJHWKHU
&RXSOLQJVOHHYH
7KHH[WHQVLRQURGKDVDQLGHQWLFDOWKUHDGLQ
([WHQVLRQURG
&RXSOLQJVOHHYH
Extension rod
WRJHWKHU
([WHQVLRQURG
ERWKHQGV7KHURGOHQJWKLVXVXDOO\±IHHW
WRJHWKHU
The extension rod has an identical thread in both
±FP
WRJHWKHU
([WHQVLRQURG
ends. The rod length is usually 10–20 feet (300–
±FP
([WHQVLRQURG
0)URG
([WHQVLRQURG
600 cm).
±FP
0)URGVKDYHDPDOHWKUHDGLQRQHHQGDQGD
0)URG
±FP
0)URG
IHPDOHWKUHDGLQWKHRWKHU7KHOHQJWKVDUHDV
±FP
MF rod
ZLWKH[WHQVLRQURGV
0)URG
±FP
MF IHPDOHWKUHDGLQWKHRWKHU7KHOHQJWKVDUHDV
rods have a male thread in one end and a
ZLWKH[WHQVLRQURGV
0)URG
7XEHHTXLSPHQW
0)URG
ZLWKH[WHQVLRQURGV
female thread in the other. The lengths are as with
7KHWXEHHTXLSPHQWLVWKUHDGHGDVWKH
7XEHHTXLSPHQW
extension rods.
ZLWKH[WHQVLRQURGV
7XEHHTXLSPHQW
H[WHQVLRQURGVDUH7KHWXEHHTXLSPHQW
ZLWKH[WHQVLRQURGV
IHDWXUHVDODUJHIOXVKLQJKROH*XLGHWXEHVDUH
7XEHHTXLSPHQW
ZLWKH[WHQVLRQURGV
XVHGIRUGLIILFXOWURFNFRQGLWLRQV
Tube equipment
7XEHHTXLSPHQW
7XEHHTXLSPHQW
'ULOOELWV
The tube equipment is threaded as the extension
7KHEXWWRQELWLVWKHPRVWFRPPRQGULOOELWW\SH
rods are. The tube equipment features a large
'ULOOELWV
'ULOOELWV
,WKDVDJRRGSHQHWUDWLRQUDWHDQGLWLVGXUDEOH
flushing hole. Guide tubes are used for difficult rock
DQGHDV\WRVKDUSHQ7KHUHDUHYDULRXVW\SHVRI
conditions.
'ULOOELWV
EXWWRQGULOOELWVHDFKVXLWHGWRGLIIHUHQWURFN
'ULOOELWV
'ULOOELWV
FRQGLWLRQV
Drill bits
FRQGLWLRQV
The button bit is the most common drill bit type.
FRQGLWLRQV
ItDQGHDV\WRVKDUSHQ7KHUHDUHYDULRXVW\SHVRI
has a good penetration rate, and it is durable and
FRQGLWLRQV
easy to sharpen. There are various types of button
FRQGLWLRQV
FRQGLWLRQV
drill bits, each suited to different rock conditions.
,'%*%
,'%*%
,'%*%
ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
DS3112SHUDWRUV0DQXDO OPERATOR’S MANUAL
'7L

1 - Shank
6KDQN 6KDQN 6KDQN
2 -Coupling sleeve
&RXSOLQJVOHHYH 0)URG 1 - Shank 0)UR
([WHQVLRQURG
3 - Extension rod 0)URG 2 - MF rod *XLGH
&RXSOLQJVOHHYH 'ULOOELW 'ULOOE
4 -Coupling sleeve
([WHQVLRQURG 3 - MF rod
'ULOOELW
5 - Extension rod 4 - Drill bit
6 - Drill bit
,'%*%
9 - Stabilizer pressure
If the stabilizer pressure drops below the limit value and remains below the limit for the delay
specified, drilling will be stopped.
10 - Rock detection
A time can be set for rising above / dropping below the detection pressure, after which the rock is
regarded as detected or it is determined that there is no rock contact. If rock contact is lost, the
control system switches to the collaring mode.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.8.6. Setting-up the bolting head
DANGER

onto the operator’s compartment and cause death or severe
injuries.
Loading carousel must be done in a safe zone which has been

roofbolted beforehand.
ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD!
Getting entangled in rotating parts will cause death or severe

injuries.
Stop the power pack and diesel engine. Never load bolts while the
power pack and diesel engine are running.
For loading operation, bolting head must in low horizontal position
or in vertical position supported by the ground.
Be aware and careful that bolt(s) may fall during loading operation.
CAROUSEL LOADING
• Move the bolting head in vertical position

with the stinger upwards.
• Rotate the carousel to initial position
(boom lever 4).
• Stop the power pack.
• Unlock the carousel (A) and rotate fully
(B) to the right by hand to allow
insertion of the first bolts.
• Replace the carousel lock.
• Be sure nobody stays around the boom
and bolting head and start the power Carousel lock
pack.
4
2 3
1 5
B

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
INITIAL POSITION
Hole axis Hole axis Hole

axis
Initial-drilling position Middle-injection position Bolting position
• Swing the bolting head to initial drilling position (boom lever 3).

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.8.7. Bolting head positioning and collaring a hole
COLLARING A HOLE
ST FH
• Bring the front head (FH) into

• Do not apply lateral efforts that
could move the stinger (ST).
• Ensure that drilling/bolting mode
lever 10 is pushed in drilling
position.
• Place drilling controls on/off switch E
E in (middle) position 1.
• Open the water and air circuit
(check that the compressor and
water pump switches (B & C)
position, middle position for B C
autostart with the power pack.
• Pull the percussion lever (lever 7)
• Slightly pull the rotation lever (lever
6).
• Slightly pull the feed control lever
(lever 8).
9 10 6 7 8
• When the bit touches the face the
percussion starts automatically.
PUSH
PULL
Note! For a good positioning of the bolt, be sure that drilling and bolting units are always in
line with the same axis as they respectively operate. The drilling / bolting axis is determined
in relation to the stinger position. Therefore keeping the stinger in contact with the rock is
essential for the correct operation of the bolting cycle.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.8.8. Drilling
Collaring is carried out as soon as the bit has penetrated one foot (33cm) into the rock.
Proceed to normal drilling:
• Pull the rotation control lever (6) as

far as it will go.
• Pull the feed lever (8) fully
downward. E
• All 3 drilling levers are now holding
in maximum position
• At the end of the hole, percussion
stops automatically
• Move switch E to right position to
stops feed and percussion
• This switch will return itself to
middle position, this allow rotation
to still running for returning the
rock drill.
• Push the feed lever (8) to fully 6 7 8
retract the rock drill.
IMPERATIVE:
• Make sure to move switch E to left PUSH
position to stop drilling rotation.
PULL
Note! If the water pressure is insufficient (bad connection to the machine, blocked
hoses, etc.) or the lubrication air pressure is too low or compressor is overheating, the
drilling process stops immediately.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.8.9. Some drilling tips
The economy and the efficiency of the jumbo are highly depending on the way how the operator
is using the rig during drilling.
• Plan the drilling sequence so that drilling time for each boom is approx. the same.
• If possible, position the feed so that the operator is able to see the drill steel during drilling.
• Use always feed extension cylinder to push the feed rail against the rock.
• Before starting to drill and during the drilling make sure that the buffer in the front end of the
feed rail is firmly against the rock.
• During collaring the bit has a tendency to deviate from the given direction. To overcome this
situation, a lower drilling settings and long enough collaring time should be used. If the hole
deviates anyway, direction of the feed rail has to be corrected according to hole direction.
Misalignment causes extra stresses and wear of the drill steel, wear pieces, drifter etc.
• Rotation pressure gauge is good guideline to find suitable feed and percussion pressures.
Normally pressure should be approx. 50...80 bar. If it is higher or the drill bit is jamming
continuously, check the condition of the drill bit or lower feed and percussion pressures.
• Too low feed pressure causes poor penetration and rapid wear of drifter and the drill steels.
Too high feed pressure causes also rapid wear but also deviation of the holes.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
• To ensure proper flushing observe that water is continuously running out from the hole to be
drilled.
• During drilling the contour holes, avoid the drifter, middle centralizer or hose reel to touch
the rock in order to avoid underfeeding and mechanical damages.
• Vibration of the drifter hoses may mean that the diaphragm of the drifter low pressure
accumulators damaged or filling pressure is incorrect.
• Permanent drop of the penetration rate may mean that the diaphragm of the drifter high
pressure accumulator is damaged, bit is worn out or damaged.
• Change the drill bits often enough.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.8.10. Drilling parameters
The relation between percussion pressure, feed pressure, rotation speed and required flushing
flow as well as their correct setting depend on several factors such as rock conditions, bit type
and the hole diameter.
Drilling parameters has to be adjusted always according current drilling conditions. Following
table presents drilling parameters which are used factory test drilling in homogeneous
granodiorite. Table in chapter "Recognizing incorrect drilling parameters" (p 202) can be used as
a guideline to adjust proper parameters for current drilling conditions.
Example parameters for normal drilling with 9 button, Ø 38mm bit.
Drilling with H200 rock drill:
Rotation speed
Percussion Rotation Flushing
Feed [bar] [rpm]*
[bar] [bar] [bar]
Collaring 90 40 50 10 -15 230 rpm
Drilling 160 90 50-60 10 - 15 230 rpm
* The rotation speed can be measured with a separate tachometer.
Drilling with RD314 rock drill:
Rotation speed
Feed [bar] [rpm]*
[bar] [bar] [bar]
Collaring 90 40 50 10 -15 300 rpm
Drilling 160 90 50-60 10 - 15 300 rpm
Drilling with RHR Rotary drill:
Rotation speed
Feed [bar] [rpm]*
[bar] [bar] [bar]
Collaring - 40 60 10 -15 1000 rpm
Drilling - 90 - 100 80 10 - 15 1000 rpm

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Recognizing incorrect drilling parameters
FAULT SYMPTOMS
• Drill bit wear
Too high percussion pres-
PERCUSSION • Shortened life of rock drill and drilling tools
sure
• Increased risk of drill rod sticking.
Decreased penetration rate. (When drilling into
Too low percussion pres- soft rock, the best penetration rate and longest
PERCUSSION
sure drilling equipment life is reached with lower per-
cussion pressure than when drilling hard rock.)
• Fast wear of outer edge of drill bit (risk of anti-
tapered bit).
ROTATION Too high rotation speed • Fine-grained drill cuttings.
• Wear of rock drill and rotation mechanism com-
ponents.
• Uneven rotation of drill rod.
• Decreased penetration rate.
ROTATION Too low rotation speed
• Higher stresses on drill rod and rotation mech-
anism.
• Sticking rotation (rotation pressure fluctuates)
• Increased rotation torque (rotation pressure
rises), causing overload on drilling equipment
and rotation mechanism of rock drill. NOTE!
Increase in rotation pressure can also be caused
by drill rod bending or other abnormal resistance
FEED Too high feed force to rotation.
• Bending of drill rod, faster wear of centralizers
and chuck, increased risk of piston striking
shank at an angle.
• Changed sound of rock drill.
Note! Increasing the feed force over a certain
limit does not increase penetration rate.
• Rock drill jumps and shakes (clinking sound)
• Front end of chuck and coupling sleeve of drill
rod wear faster.
• Faces of rock drill body will wear faster (main-
tenance intervals are shortened).
FEED Too low feed force • Penetration rate decreases. The shank is not in
correct position when piston strikes. Only a
small proportion of impact force is transmitted to
rock.
• Life of drilling equipment is shortened (great
tensile stresses on drilling equipment).
• Increased risk of jamming.
• Drill bit wears fast (overheating).
FLUSHING Too low flushing pressure
• Lower penetration rate.
• Fine-grained drill cuttings.
Too high flushing pres- • Drill bit wear increases
FLUSHING
sure • Poor life time of the flushing housing seal

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.8.11. During drilling
Observe during drilling:

• The operation of shank lubrication.
• Oil mist comes out from the openings at the bottom of the rock drill's body
• The rock drill hoses are not shaking more than usual.
• The rock drill shows no oil leaks.
• The rock drill flushing housing seals are not leaking water.
• No hose connections are leaking.
• The drilling pressure gauges show normal readings.
• No yellow or red warning lights are on.
4.8.12. Drilling imperatives
The following rules guarantee optimum drilling performance, resulting in high productivity at low
operating costs.
The bit
A correct clearance angle and proper water pressure, evacuate the
cutting as soon as they have been broken from the face.
Drilling with a worn bit results in an increase in rotation torque and loss
of penetration rate.
To increase productivity a worn bit should be replaced with a new or re- CLEARANCE ANGLE
sharpened one.
Drill steel and shank adaptor

These tools are essential to productive drilling.
They transmit percussion and rotation energy to the bit if kept correctly
on line.
Correct alignment allows optimal energy transmission, reduced wear
of the drill steel against the guide shoes, perfect hole alignment,
minimum drill steel torsion, and prevents premature breaking of the
shanks and drill steels.
Note! Often check the rod guiding elements, the shank and the flushing head and report
immediately noticed anomalies on every parts of the drill feed and rock drill.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.8.13. Changing
Operator’s the
manual drill steel / drill bit DL310
The drill steel and drill bit are wearing parts. To keep a good performance and drilling efficiency,
the drilling tools need to be checked regularly and replaced if necessary.
• 3.17.2.
Check Removing of
the condition thethe
drilldrill
bit bit before starting to drill a hole.
• Replace the drillthe

Check bitcondition
if its buttons arebitworn
of the drill (1/3
before of the
starting button
to drill is worn flat).
a hole.
Replace the drill bit if its buttons are worn (1/3 of the button is worn flat).
1/3 A
Tram the drill bit against a rock. Start the water flushing and percussion. Use
percussion
Note! To maximize and feed
productivity to hammer
and the drill
minimize bit against
drilling the rock
costs, until
the bit it comes off (water
should be sharpened
runs from between the bit and the tube/rod).
regularly.
High-- pressure water spray hazard. Do not go near the drill bit.
Refer to the procedure below to replace the drill steel or the drill bit.
WARNING
The procedure show a drill feed of a face drilling machine. This procedure is also valid for bolting
Turn theequipment
systems of rock support drilling module
andintofor
such a position
long that feed
hole drill the bitof
canproduction
be easily removed and
equipment.
replaced with a new or sharpened bit.
Do not wear down the drill bits completely. Replace the bit at the latest
1- Position the drill feed on 1/3
when to the face.
of the button is worn flat.
WARNING
The bit should be sharpened regularly in order to maximise productivity

and minimize drilling costs.
WARNING
Do not touch any rotating parts.
WARNING
2- Drill a hole by following normal drilling procedure.

150(162) B 01125--9 en 0408 / AR

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
3- When the hole is almost complete, stop the drilling.
• Stop the rotation.
• Continue percussion and feed.
• Continue water flushing.
4- Using the feed, move the drill bit back and forth against the rock.
5- When the water flows out between the drill steel and the shank, the drill bit and the drill steel
are usually unscrewed.
• Stop the percussion.

• Stop the feed movement.
• Stop the water flushing.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
If the drill bit and the drill still are not unscrewed, use the recommended procedure for uncoupling
the bit or the shank adaptor.
• DO NOT USE THE ROTATION.
• Tram the drill bit against a rock.
• Start the air mist flushing.
• Use full percussion and feed thrust to hammer the drill bit against the rock until it comes off.
(full percussion energy has better breaking capability than normal percussion).
WARNING! HIGH PRESSURE SPRAY HAZARD!
Water flushed from the drill bit can cause injuries.
Do not go near the drill bit and always wear protective goggles.
6- Using the feed, take the drill steel out from the hole and turn the drilling module into such
position that the drilling tools can be safely removed.
DANGER! ENTANGLEMENT HAZARD!
Getting entangled in rotating parts will cause death or severe injuries.
Do not enter the hazard zone and DO NOT TOUCH any rotating parts when
the rotation is on.
Use the safety devices system before any operation.
7- Put the machine in a safe location, switch off.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
8- Remove the drill bit from the drill steel manually. Pull out the drill steel through the front guide.
WARNING! FALLING ROCK HAZARD!
Insufficient scaling or geological faults may lead to falling rocks and cause
Always perform the manual operations concerning drill bit and drill steel
in a safe scaled and roofbolted zone.
The hot surfaces of the drilling equipment could cause burns.
Let the drilling equipment cool down before touching it.

Always wear protective gloves when handling drilling equipment.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
In case of the machine is not able to drill (e;g; workshop, opened area) refer to the procedure
below for drill steel change.
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
1- Position the drill feed in vertical position (Step 1). The weight of the drill steel will keep the
shank into back position.
2- Operate the rotation, percussion and feed. The vibrations will unscrew the drill steel from the
shank (Step 2).
3- Reverse the drill steel rotating direction suddenly. Go back to the correct rotating direction and
reverse it until the drill steel gets unscrewed from the shank (Step 3).
4- Stop the percussion, rotation and feed.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Step 4 Step 5
5- Move the rock drill fully backward (Step 4).
6- Switch off the machine in order to operate in safe situation.
7- Pull out manually the drill steel through the front guide (Step 5).
8- Remove the drill bit from the drill steel.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
To change the drill bit in workshop, follow the procedure below:
1- Operate the feed movement until the drill bit comes out of the drill feed front guide.
2- Switch off and lock the machine. Before you enter the boom area ensure that nobody can
activate drilling module movements.
3- Put one hammer under the drill bit and hit the drill bit with another hammer until the drill bit gets
loose.
WARNING! FLYING SHARD HAZARD!
Drill bit shards could be generated by the hit of a hammer on hardened

steel and could generate severe injuries.
Use proper hammer in case of hammering on hardened steel.

Always wear protective gloves and goggles while hammering.
• Use brass or copper drift, plastic hammer or rubber mallet in order to hammer on hardened
steel.
4- Remove and change the bit

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.9. Bolting
SPLITSET BOLTING OPERATION
• Be sure the rock drill is fully withdrawn.
• Swing the bolting head to bolting position, a
bolt must be inserted in the clamps (use
boom lever 3).
• Pull the lever 10 to activate bolting mode.
• Slightly pull the feed (8) to bring the bolt close
to the orifice of the hole.
• Pull the percussion lever (7).
Orifice of the hole
• Pull the feed lever then the impactor starts
and insert the bolt. in bolting position
PUSH
9 10 6 7 8
PULL
RESIN INJECTION OPERATION
in drilling position in injection position

1. BOLT LOADING
• Rotate the carousel to load a bolt into the bolts clamps, if needed (boom lever 4 to the left).
• Swing the bolting head to bolting position a bolt must be inserted in the clamps (use boom
lever 3).
PUSH 2 3
1 4
LEFT RIGHT
5
PULL
2. CARTRIDGES INJECTION
• Before indexing, open the air valve for resin injection. This purges the resin injection line of
any cuttings and/or water that may have accumulated during drilling. It is critical to ensure
the resin path is clean to the end of the resin cartridges and nozzle. Any water or cuttings
left in the system will restrict and/or prevent resin movement and will likely result in
unsuccessful resin insertion.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Note! Do not blow the resin injection system once the resin nozzle is in the drilled hole. This
might disturb small rocks in cracks causing them to come down into the pipe and interfere
with resin cartridges movement.
• Index the bolting head to injection position

(boom lever 5).
• H20 caution light turns on at QN panel to
warn the operator that any drilling operation
is impossible while the front head is in
injection position.
Note! In resin injection position, the cartridges injection hose must be perfectly in line with
the drilled hole for a good injection of the resin cartridges.
• Turn ON the injection pipe switch F (to the right).

• Insert injection pipe full stroke in the hole (joystick G
pushed).
F G
Note! Once the resin cartridge is in the hole, DO NOT make any boom movements or bolting
head movements. Boom/bolting head movements will damage and/or destroy the resin
insertion nozzle.
- Ensure that air compressor is started.

- Check air pressure gauge (~5 bar).
B D A
- Insert cartridges in the insertion hole (D).
- Pull ball valve (A) to open air flushing.
- Push ball valve (A) to close air flushing and pull ball
valve (B) to open water flushing to clean the pipe. C
- Push ball valve (B) to stop water flushing.
- Retract the injection pipe (pull joystick G).
- Turn OFF the injection pipe switch F. GUN
• A: Air flushing ball valve
• B: Water flushing ball valve
• C: Air pressure gauge
• D: Cartridges insertion hole
Note! Different methods of injecting can be used. If the ground is good, all the resin
cartridges can be injected at one time. If the ground is poor, it is advisable to inject one
resin cartridge at a time.
Additional recommendations
• It is normal routine to periodically remove the injection nozzle for cleaning. When re-
installing, apply grease or never-seize on the threads of the injection nozzle. This allows
easy removal next time.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
If resin injection failure occurs

Occasionally, even exercising best practices as described above, there will be times when resin
insertion fails, and the resin is hung up in the resin delivery system. When this occurs, the
following is recommended.
• If the resin cartridge can be removed from the nozzle opening with a wire pick, it is
recommended that the tube be gently fished out. If enough care is exercised, it is possible
to remove a damaged resin cartridge without causing any mix between the two resin
compounds. By doing this, the nozzle can be easily cleaned with a wash hose.
• If the cartridge cannot be removed, then the injection nozzle has to be removed and
cleaned. You should be able to unscrew the nozzle by hand.
• Avoid mixing the resin in the pipe as much as possible. This prevents the chemical
reaction that causes the resin to become hard, making it much harder to clean.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
CEMENT INJECTION OPERATION
A M B
1. BOLT LOADING
• Swing the bolting head to bolting position (B), a bolt must be inserted in the clamps (use
boom lever 3).
2 4
1 3 5
PUSH
LEFT RIGHT
PULL
2. CARTRIDGES INJECTION
• Index the bolting head to injection position M
(boom lever 5).
• Turn ON the injection pipe switch F.
F G
• Insert injection pipe full stroke in the hole
(full pipe stroke ~1/2 hole depth) (push joystick G).
• Insert cartridges in the insertion hole D.
• Check air pressure gauge (~5 bar).
• Open air ball valve A to shoot 50% of the wet
cement cartridges through the gun. B D A
• Close air ball valve A.
• Open water flushing B to clean the pipe.
• Retract the injection pipe (pull joystick G) but
C
keep it inserted 100 to 200 mm in the hole and
shoot the remaining 50% of wet cement
cartridges.
• Retract the injection pipe (pull joystick G). GUN
• Turn OFF the injection pipe switch F.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
RESIN & CEMENT BOLTING OPERATION
PUSH 9 10 6 7 8
PULL

• Swing the bolting head to bolting position, a bolt must be inserted in the clamps (boom
lever 3).
• Push lever 7 to activate mixing rotation.
• Slightly pull the feed thrust lever 8 to bring the bolt close to the orifice of the hole.
• Pull the feed lever to insert the bolt fully into the hole and let running the mixing rotation for
2 or 3 seconds.
• Stop mixing rotation, make sure the plate is in correct contact with the rock. If not, use
immediately the feed to push the plate correctly in contact with the rock.
• Wait 10 to 20 seconds according to the type of resin or cement used to enable the
compounds setting.
• Tight the bolt by pushing or pulling the lever 6 to activate the rotation depending of the
threaded bolt end.
• Withdraw the bolting unit and reposition the bolting head in its initial position to carry out
another cycle.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WIB BOLTING OPERATION
4
F 3
PUSH
6 7 8 H I
9 10
PULL

• Swing the bolting head to bolting position, a bolt must be inserted in the clamps (use boom
lever 3).
• Turn WIB switch H to the right in WIB first step (1) position in order to pressurize seal
(pressure in port Z), switch I green light turns on when 300 bar are reached.
• Pull the feed thrust lever 8 to insert the bolt fully in the hole.
• When the bolt is fully inserted in the hole, turn the WIB BOLT Y
switch I to the right in WIB second step (2) position to
pressurize the bolt at 300 bar (pressure in both ports Z
and Y). Z
• Check that the bolt pressure has been reached to WIB

pressure gauge F.
• The bolt is now installed and you can turn the WIB
switch H to position (O) and then switch I to position
(O).
• Wait 6 seconds until the inflating pressure drops (check the gauge F).
• Then withdraw the bolting unit and reposition the bolting head in its initial position to carry
out another cycle.
WARNING! DANGER OF HIGH PRESSURE WATER JETS!
High pressure water jets can cause serious personal injuries.
Always release the pressure in the WIB water circuit before opening caps or
connections.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
HYDRABOLT BOLTING OPERATION
4
F 3
K
PUSH
6 7 8
9 10
L
PULL

• Swing the bolting head to bolting position, a bolt must be inserted in the clamps (use boom
lever 3).
• Pull the feed thrust lever 8 to insert the bolt fully in the hole.
• When the bolt is fully inserted in the hole, turn the switch K to the right in S position to start
the HP pump to pressurize the bolt at 260 bar. The switch K automatically returns to
middle position and green light L turns on, indicating bolt inflating operation is on.
• When the inflating pressure of 260 bar is reached, the HP pump stops and green light L
turns off. But the inflating pressure of 260 bar is maintained for 3 seconds by a
temporization.
• Wait few seconds until the inflating pressure drops (check the gauge F).
• The bolt is now installed and you can turn the switch K to the left position O (off).
• Then withdraw the bolting unit and reposition the bolting head in its initial position to carry
out another cycle.
WARNING! DANGER OF HIGH PRESSURE WATER JETS!
High pressure water jets can cause serious personal injuries.
Always release the pressure in the Hydrabolt water circuit before opening
caps or connections.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4.9.1. Ending a shift
When you stop the drilling process at the end of the shift or for any other reason, carry on
following operations:
• Put the boom and the bolting head in tramming position.
• Attach the resin cartridges injection hose.
• Stop the electric power pack.
• Place the main circuit breaker to the "OFF" position.
• Shut OFF the power at the mine electric box.
• Start the diesel engine in order to use the machine HP Cleaner.
• Wash the machine mainly the bolting head and the boom.
• Close the water supply valve at the mine line.
• So as to prevent the alternator from being damaged, stop the engine prior to turning the
batteries master switches to the «OFF» position.
• Fill-up the shift report form.
• Report any defects that you have noticed.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
5. Arctic package (optional)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
5. ARCTIC PACKAGE (OPTIONAL)
The optional Sandvik Arctic package is designed to allow the machine to be operated in
extremely low ambient temperature up to -30°C.
The machine components which are sensitive to extremely cold weather are protected with
heater components, including electric resistors and electric heater mats.
The components protected by the Arctic package are the following ones:
• Diesel engine air intake and water coolant
• Fuel tank
• Batteries
• Tramming and drilling hydraulic oil tanks
• SLU rock drill oiler
• Optional water tank
Specific oils and water coolant are also used.
Note! Read the Sandvik Arctic package for 301 series technical specification
in this manual last chapter for more information.
5.1. Operating the Arctic package
All heating components of the Arctic package are electrically powered by the mine electric circuit
through the machine electric cable reel and main switchgear.
These heating functions are also activated through the Arctic package junction box JB222.
OFF
JB222
ON

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
To activate the Arctic package heating function:
1- Plug the machine electric cable reel to the mine gate end box.
2- Turn the JB222 junction box switch to the ON position.
RISK OF PROPERTY DAMAGE.

NOTICE To avoid any damage to the electric heating system, check first that
the water tank is at minimum half filled before turning the heating
system ON.
3- Turn the machine main electric switchgear to the ON position.
The heating system is now operating and can be used whether the machine is drilling or parked.
Note! As the diesel engine air intake heater switches on/off according to preheating/
reheating time management, it does not change the way of starting/using the diesel
engine.

NOTICE If the machine is parked without any heating device (no electric supply
for the Sandvik Arctic package or no heating tent):
- Bleed the water circuit and tank if temperature is lower than 0°C.
- Do not start the diesel engine if temperature is lower than -30°C.
- Bleed the diesel engine water coolant circuit if temperature is lower
than -50°C.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
5.2. Antifreeze tank
The Arctic package also includes a 30 liters antifreeze tank with a manual pump and a ball valve
to protect the machine water injection circuit.
This tank is located at the machine rear. Use it at each end of shift to protect the water pump line
in order to avoid this one from freezing.
Air flushing Antifreeze injection
14006
14012
Closed
Open

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
1- Bleed the water tank.

2- Turn the ball valve (14006) in air flushing position.
3- Blow the water circuit to remove water by activating both water valve and air flushing.
4- Release the compressed air in the flushing line by opening the ball valve (14012).
5- Turn the ball valve (14006) in antifreeze injection position.
6- Keeping the water valve activated, inject 10 liters of antifreeze in the water pump line by perform-
ing 25 pumping actions.
7- Turn the ball valve (14006) in air flushing position.
8- Blow the water circuit with antifreeze by activating both water valve and air flushing.
9- Release the compressed air in the flushing line by opening the ball valve (14012).
10- Turn the ball valve (14006) in antifreeze injection position.
11- Drain the water pump and water supply connection filter, the normal way, by using the dedicated
drain ball valves.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
6. Special instructions

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
6. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
6.1. Use of stabilizers in case of diesel engine failure (default mode)
WARNING
HIGH PRESSURE FLUID INJECTION HAZARD!
Pressure in the hydraulic circuit and pressurized oil jets could

cause death or serious personal injuries.
To avoid hazard described herein, release the pressure in the

hydraulic circuit before opening connections or fittings.
Operation, maintenance and adjustments are only allowed to

persons with specific training in operation and maintenance of the
equipment. Read the operating and maintenance instructions
before using or servicing the equipment.
In case of a diesel engine failure while the machine is on stabilizers, the stabilizers can be
operated manually using the manual unbraking pump:
Special equipment needed for standard 300 range (electric drilling):
Item Parts Qty

Reduction fitting 3/4JIC - 9/16
1 JIC 1
Hose M6 Length 5000mm

2 2
Plug 9/16JIC
3 3
Fitting Male / Male 9/16JIC

4 3

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Connecting procedure:
Current hydraulic diagram.
REAR/RIGHT
B
T
P
A
B
Y145
REAR/LEFT
Y144
B
B
Y147
A
Y146
OUT 707
B
A
Y168
IN
1010
T
P
Drilling Tank
202
Tramming Tank
New hydraulic connection to operate the stabilizers with the unbraking pump.
Plug 3
REAR/RIGHT
4
B
T
P
A
B
Y145
REAR/LEFT
Y144
B
B
Y147
A
Y146
OUT 707
B
A
Y168
IN
1010
T
P
Drilling Tank 2
202
Pressure 4
test hose Tramming Tank
3 Plug
2
Start the procedure with the rear stabilizers first, then the front ones.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
1- Disconnect both current hoses from the unbraking pump. Mark them if needed.
2- Disconnect the pressure test hose (202) from the circuit (If machine equipped with).
3- Plug the disconnected hoses using the fittings (4) and plugs (3).
4- Remove the drilling tank bleeding valve plug and use the reduction fitting (1) to connect the
new hose (2) from the T port of the pump to the drilling tank bleeding ball valve.
Drilling tank bleeding valve

(shown closed)
5- Connect the second hose (2) from A port of the pump to B port of the stabilizer cylinder.
Disconnected hose from the main

hydraulic circuit. (B) port
Use fitting (4) + plug (3)
New hose (3) connected to

the unbraking pump

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
6- Put the unbraking pump lever to towing position
WARNING
BRAKE LOSS
HAZARD
position.
instructions in the manual. TOWING TRAMMING
77026515
77026385_B
Incorrect position of the lever of the unbraking hand pump may result in
loss of service brakes and contribute to hazardous situations.
Before tramming always make sure that the unbraking hand pump is in
tramming position.
7- Open the tank bleeding ball valve and use the unbraking pump until the stabilizer reaches the
desired position.
8- Disconnect the hose from the stabilizer cylinder. Connect the hose from the main hydraulic
circuit.
9- Do the same for the three others stabilizers cylinders.
10- Reconnect both hoses from the main hydraulic circuit to the pump. Put the unbraking pump
lever to the tramming position.
11- Reconnect the pressure test hose (202) to the parking brake valve of the circuit (If machine
equipped with).
12- Close the tank bleeding ball valve, remove the hose (2) from the hydraulic tank and put back
the bleeding valve plug.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
6.2. Short distance towing
DANGER
Unexpected failure of the towing device used will cause death or

severe injuries.
For towing operation, THE USE OF CABLE OR CHAIN IS STRICTLY

FORBIDDEN!
Use a rigid bar and connect it to the towing point of the machine.
If it is necessary to tow the machine, comply to the following procedure:

• Ensure that the power supply from the mine electric box to the machine is OFF.
• Unplug the cable into the mine electric box.
• Connect up the towing machine to the towed machine with a RIGID BAR. Hook the bar at
the towing points located at the rear of the machine.
Rigid towing bar at

towing point Towing point
OR
Optional unbraking hand pump

ABA brakes
at tramming compartment
(Optional) bypassing switch
(Optional)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
WHILE TOWING, ENSURE THAT THE 2 BATTERIES MASTERS SWITCHES
ARE IN POSITION "ON". One operator should be at the tramming
compartment ready to apply the brake in a case of emergency.

Never try to tow a machine which presents problems on tramming
components.
The tramming pump is equipped with two bypass valves for towing. The bypass valves are
located on the tramming pump HP valves.
DEUTZ TCD2012 SHOWN DEUTZ BF4M2011 SHOWN
OR
• Remove the plastic protective cap (1) on both HP valves to get access to their bypass
screw (2).
Note! The plastic cap is destroyed when removing.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Multi-function HP valves
Bypass screw Bypass screw

in normal position unscrewed
• Release both cartridges by unscrewing their bypass screw (2) of two turns with an Allen key
(WAF 5).

NOTICE Take care to not unscrew the HP valve in order to not change the pump
settings.
The oil circulation is now free and possible.

NOTICE Never try to tow the machine if the bypass function of the multi-function
HP valves, located on the tramming pump (see figures above) are not
released.
The maximum towing speed must be 1 km/h.
The maximum towing distance allowed is 1/2 km, over this distance the
hydraulic motor(s) could be damaged due to lack in internal lubrication.
• For a machine with optional ABA brakes, turn the ABA brakes bypassing switch to the right
in position (1), in order to by pass the ABA brakes safety device.
ABA brakes
bypassing switch
(Optional)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Note! If the ABA brakes bypassing switch is in towing position, the diesel engine could
not be started.
• Check if the tramming joystick is in neutral position and release the emergency/parking
brake valve by pulling electric brake push button (14).
14
• Put the unbraking hand-pump in towing position.
WARNING
BRAKE LOSS
HAZARD
position.
instructions in the manual. TOWING TRAMMING
77026515
77026385_B
• Disconnect the bleeding hose (1) from port PpPd of the brake valve (630) and use a plug.
• Connect the pressure gauge hose (2) to the port PpPd of the brake valve (630) and use a
plug.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2
Plug
Plug
Pressure gauge initial

port connection
PpPd
• Use the unbraking hand pump to pressurize the brake cylinders until 30 bar are read on the
manometer located on the tramming panel. The pressure build up by the hand pump is
sufficient to release the brakes.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
• Use the unbraking pump during towing if the pressure drops below 21 bar.

NOTICE Towing a machine when the pressure in the hydraulic circuit goes
below 21 bar will damage the brakes.
Use the unbraking pump to avoid to reach a such value.
Note! In case of emergency, the brake valve is always functioning. To apply the brakes
push downward the emergency / parking brake knob, as you do in normal conditions.
• After towing, connect the bleeding hose (1) to the PpPd port.
• Connect back the manometer hose (2) to its initial position.
• Put back the unbraking hand pump in the tramming position.
• Close the bypass valve by screwing the screw 1. Tighten the screw up to 10Nm.
• Protect the HP valve with a new plastic cap to prevent any change of the HP valve settings.
BRAKE LOSS HAZARD!
Operating a machine with faulty brakes will result in loss of brakes and
contribute to a hazardous situation.
NEVER START THE ENGINE WITH THE BYPASS FUNCTION OF THE HP

VALVES RELEASED IN TOWING POSITION.
The bypass function of the HP valves should be set in its original position as
soon as the towing process has been completed.
Incorrect position of the lever of the unbraking hand pump and non-
reconnection of the bleeding hoses on the brake valve may result in loss of
service brakes and contribute to hazardous situations.
Before tramming always ensure that the unbraking hand pump is in

tramming position and the bleeding hose re-connected.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
6.3. Long distance towing

NOTICE
Due to the structure of the transmission system, the engine cannot be
started by pushing or towing.
The rigidity of the steering limits the towing speed. If hydraulic pressure
is not available, steering will be extremely stiff and slow. The towing
speed should be slower than 3 km/h and the towing distance less than
10 km.
The rig must not be used for towing.
6.3.1. Towing with the engine in operating condition
If the engine/pump combination is in working order, towing does not require any special
measures.
Start the engine and adjust the running speed so that the feeding pressure is normal.
6.3.2. Towing with a faulty engine
If the engine/pump combination is out of order and the engine cannot be started, the steering will
not work either, and the following measures will be required for towing: If the engine is not in
working order and the brake system is not pressurized, the brakes can be released mechanically.

NOTICE
Attach a towing rod between the towed and the towing vehicles
before uncoupling the drive line and releasing the brakes.
1. Uncouple the front and rear drive-lines.

2. Attach the uncoupled axles to the support so that they do not get damage during towing.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
6.4. Electric cable end limit switches
DANGER
severe injuries.
Turn the power off and disconnect the electric supply cable before
servicing or washing the rig.
For machines delivered with electric cable, cable end limit switches are adjusted at factory.
For others machines, the operation must be done when the cable is connected to the machine, as
follows:
- First safety S32: 6 cable reel revolutions left.
- Second safety S33: 3 cable reel revolutions left.
1. Remove the cable reel torque unit’s cover.

2. Untighten the central screw which is locking in place the detection cams.
3. Adjust each detection cam positioning with its adjusting screw according to the right number of
cable revolution left.
4. Tighten the central screw which is locking in place the detection cams.
5. Put back in place the cable reel torque unit’s cover.
Detection cam’s
adjusting screw
Locking screw
Detection cam

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
6.5. Transporting
6.5.1. Transportation on a platform
WARNING
TIPPING HAZARD!
Machine tip over could cause death or severe injuries.
Before tramming the machine onto a transport platform or onto a

ship, make sure that the machine is in tramming position. Never
exceed the specified maximum inclination angles. The maximum
angles are allowed only when boom is in the tramming position.
Set the boom and the feed to the tramming position.
While moving the machine NEVER SWING THE BOOM.
• When tramming the machine onto/from a transport platform or onto/from a ship, use ramps.
This should always be done on level ground.
• Make sure that the transport platform endures the machine's weight.
• Always use low speed and observe special caution when coming from the ramps to the
platform or from platform to ramps.
• Before transportation:
a) Engage the parking brake.
b) Lower the front and rear jacks against the transport platform.
c) Move the boom as low as possible with bolting head down and fasten them gently to
the platform. Use a support beneath the rock drill.
d) Lower the safety canopy.
e) Put the machine to full stop.
f) Install the central articulation locking bar.
g) Anchor the machine to the platform with straps or chains and wheel chocks so that it
cannot move during transportation.
h) Make sure there are no machine components outside the platform area.
• Always bear in mind the maximum height and width of the load.
Note! When fastening the machine to transport platform, use covered fastening devices or
install protective covers under the straps or chains to prevent damage to the machine’s
paintwork.
SANDVIK
DS311
Note! Do not forget to remove the rig central articulation locking bar before starting the
machine to tram it from the platform.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
6.6. Lifting methods and lifting points
DANGER
FALLING LOAD HAZARD!
Being left under a load will cause death or severe injuries in case of
failure of the lifting devices.
DO NOT ALLOW anybody to stand under the machine during lifting

process.
Use proper lifting devices as hooks, cables or chains for a safe
work.
Use a lifting frame to maintain all four chains or cables perfectly
vertical and parallel to each other.
Always respect the law and all the local safety regulations in lifting
work.
Keep in mind the total weight of the rig, given on the identification
plate.
CRUSHING HAZARD!
Being left under a load will cause death or severe injuries in case of
failure of the lifting devices.
DO NOT ALLOW anybody to stand in the articulation of the machine

during lifting process.
Install the locking bar at the central articulation.
Weight of the machine
Refer to the identification plate of the machine for the weight information.
DATE DE FABRICATION
NOM TYPE N°SERIE
PUISSANCE INSTALLEE : DIESEL Kw ELECTRIQUE Kw
TENSION ALIMENTATION V FREQUENCE Hz
POIDS TOTAL DE LA MACHINE Kgs

70961046
SANDVIK MINING AND CONSTRUCTION LYON SAS AV.DE LATTRE DE TASSIGNY

BP 46 69881 MEYZIEU CEDEX FRANCE
AV / FRONT AR / REAR
PRESSION DE GONFLAGE BAR BAR
TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE PSI PSI
70961938

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
LIFTING FRAME
SANDVIK
DS311
AT MACHINE REAR
LOCKING BAR IN
LOCKED POSITION
AT MACHINE FRONT
LIFTING HOOKS
AT LIFTING POINTS
LIFTING HOOKS
AT LIFTING POINTS
LIFTING FRAME
DS 311
LOCKING BAR IN
LOCKED POSITION

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
The lifting points of SANDVIK drilling equipment are marked with hook symbols. Lift
the equipment at the marked points only.
23(5$725
60$18$/
• The lifting device used must be of the correct type and have sufficient lifting capacity.
• The rig or parts of it must not be lifted with any devices that are not specifically designed for
7KHZHLJKWRIWKHORDGPXVWEHNQRZQDQGWKHFDSDFLW\RIWKHOLIWLQJGHYLFHDVVSHFLILHGE\WKH
lifting purposes.
PDQXIDFWXUHUPXVWQRWEHH[FHHGHG
• You must always know the exact weight of the load, and never exceed the lifting capacity
/LIWLQJURXWHVVKRXOGEHFKRVHQVRWKDWWKHORDGLVQRWPRYHGRYHUSHUVRQVRUORFDWLRQVZKHUH
specified by the manufacturer of the lifting device.
SHUVRQVFRXOGEHSUHVHQW
• Lifting routes should be planned so that the load is not moved over persons or such places
&KHFNWKDWWKHOLIWLQJGHYLFHLVLQJRRGFRQGLWLRQ
where persons may be present.
7KHOLIWLQJZLUHVDQGFKDLQVPXVWEHFKHFNHGUHJXODUO\'DPDJHGZLUHVDQGFKDLQVPXVWEHPDUNHG
FOHDUO\DQGUHPRYHGIURPXVHLPPHGLDWHO\
• Make sure that the lifting equipment is in proper condition Wire ropes and chains used for
lifting must be checked regularly. Damaged wire ropes must be marked clearly and
0DNHVXUHWKDWWKHORDGLVSURSHUO\DWWDFKHGDQGEDODQFHG7RFKHFNWKHIDVWHQLQJDQGEDODQFHOLIW
discarded at once.
WKHORDGE\MXVWDIHZFHQWLPHWHUVLQLWLDOO\'RQRWFRQWLQXHOLIWLQJXQWLO\RXDUHFHUWDLQWKDWWKH
IDVWHQLQJDQGEDODQFHDUHJRRG
• Lift the load only a few centimeters at first to make sure that it is properly fastened and in
balance. Do not continue lifting until you are sure of proper fastening and balance.
1HYHUZUDSWKHOLIWLQJZLUHVRUFKDLQVDURXQGWKHOLIWLQJKRRN$OZD\VIDVWHQZLUHVRUFKDLQV
DFFRUGLQJWRWKHPDQXIDFWXUHU
VLQVWUXFWLRQV
• The lifting wire ropes must be fastened according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
:521* 5,*+7
DANGEROUS LIFTING
DANGEROUS L IFTINGEQUIPMENT!
EQUIPMENT!
• Take care that the load does not bump into anything.
• It is ABSOLUTELY FORBIDDEN to carry persons on the load.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
6.7. Washing the rig
DANGER
severe injuries.
Turn the power off and disconnect the electric supply cable before
washing the rig.
23(5$725
60$18$/
WARNING
:DVKLQJWKHULJ,'
HIGH PRESSURE WATER HAZARD!
:DWHUPXVWQHYHUEHVSUD\HGGLUHFWO\DWWKHHOHFWULFER[HVRU
FDELQHWVRIWKHULJ
When using an high pressure cleaner, high pressure water could
23(5$725
60$18$/
directly or indirectly cause an eye injuries.
$OZD\VXVHJRJJOHVZKHQZDVKLQJWKHULJZLWKKLJKSUHVVXUH
:DVKLQJWKHULJ,'
FOHDQHU
:DWHUPXVWQHYHUEHVSUD\HGGLUHFWO\DWWKHHOHFWULFER[HVRU
FDELQHWVRIWKHULJ
Always use safety goggles when washing the rig with high pressure
3UHVVXUHFOHDQHURSWLRQDO
cleaner. $OZD\VXVHJRJJOHVZKHQZDVKLQJWKHULJZLWKKLJKSUHVVXUH
:DWHUVWDUWVWRIORZZKHQWKHZDVKLQJQR]]OHLV
FOHDQHU
WXUQHGRSHQ7KHZDVKHUIXQFWLRQVDWZDWHUGLV
WULEXWLRQV\VWHPSUHVVXUH:DVKLQJSUHVVXUHFDQ
EHVHHQIURPSUHVVXUHJDXJHFRQQHFWHGWRFOHDQ
HU1RUPDOZDWHUSUHVVXUHLVEDU6WRSWKH
3UHVVXUHFOHDQHURSWLRQDO
ZDVKHUE\WXUQLQJWKHQR]]OH
Pressure cleaner (Optional) :DWHUVWDUWVWRIORZZKHQWKHZDVKLQJQR]]OHLV
WXUQHGRSHQ7KHZDVKHUIXQFWLRQVDWZDWHUGLV
Water starts to flow when the washing nozzle is turned open. The
WULEXWLRQV\VWHPSUHVVXUH:DVKLQJSUHVVXUHFDQ
EHVHHQIURPSUHVVXUHJDXJHFRQQHFWHGWRFOHDQ
washer functions at water distribution system HU1RUPDOZDWHUSUHVVXUHLVEDU6WRSWKH
pressure. Washing
ZDVKHUE\WXUQLQJWKHQR]]OH
pressure can be seen from pressure gauge connected to cleaner.

Normal water pressure is 5...20 bar. Stop the washer by turning
the nozzle.
,'
+LJKSUHVVXUHFOHDQHURSWLRQDO
,'
High-pressure cleaner (Optional) +LJKSUHVVXUHFOHDQHULVK\GUDXOLFDOO\RSHUDWHG

+LJKSUHVVXUHFOHDQHURSWLRQDO
+LJKSUHVVXUHZDVKLQJFDQEHVWDUWHGE\SXOOLQJ
High pressure cleaner is hydraulically operated. High pressure
WKHKDQGOHRIZDVKLQJSLVWRO3XPSVWDUWVWRLGOH
+LJKSUHVVXUHFOHDQHULVK\GUDXOLFDOO\RSHUDWHG
:DWHUIORZLVFRQWUROOHGE\KDQGOHRIZDVKLQJSLV
+LJKSUHVVXUHZDVKLQJFDQEHVWDUWHGE\SXOOLQJ
washing can be started by pulling the handle of washing pistol.
WKHKDQGOHRIZDVKLQJSLVWRO3XPSVWDUWVWRLGOH
WRO:DVKLQJSUHVVXUHFDQEHVHHQIURPSUHVVXUH
:DWHUIORZLVFRQWUROOHGE\KDQGOHRIZDVKLQJSLV
Pump starts to idle. Water flow is controlledJDXJHFRQQHFWHGWRFOHDQHU1RUPDOZDWHUSUHV
by handle of washing
WRO:DVKLQJSUHVVXUHFDQEHVHHQIURPSUHVVXUH
VXUHLVEDU
JDXJHFRQQHFWHGWRFOHDQHU1RUPDOZDWHUSUHV ,'
pistol. Washing pressure can be seen from pressure gauge
VXUHLVEDU ,'
connected to cleaner. Normal water pressure is 140 to 170 bar.

NOTICE
Never spray water directly at the electric boxes or electrical
components of the rig in order not to damage them (electric main
switchgear cabinet, electric boxes, electric

panels, electric motors
,'HQ
,'HQ
and wiring, batteries, diesel engine starter/alternator & EMR, safety
devices, measuring instruments (TIS, TMS & TCAD), instruments
cluters, accelerator and braking pedals, ...).

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
6.8. Storing instructions
The temperature of the storage location

should be +0 °C…35 °C. The rig must be
protected against direct sunlight and rain.
Note! The relative humidity of the air must

be below 90%

NOTICE If the temperature in the storing place of the machine is lower than the
freezing point, the water circuit, all the water components and the
water scrubber must be protected or drained.
• Wash the machine if it has been used or transported by sea using a high pressure steam
washing machine.
• Drain and blow air through the water circuit. Blow some anti-freeze (rust inhibitor) through
the circuit.
• Lubricate all greasing points.
• Bring the stabilizers in contact to the ground.
• The drill feed should be in contact to the ground.
• The nitrogen rock drill accumulator should be empty, PLACE A TAG TO REMIND THAT
THE ACCUMULATORS HAVE BEEN DISCHARGED.
• Coat the cylinders rod with grease.
• Drain the air receiver(s).
• Replace all fluids: engine, hydraulic axle and gear oil.
• Spray a dust and corrosion inhibitor product on all electric devices.
• As to prevent the alternator to be damage, stop the engine prior to turn the battery master
switch to the "off" position.
• Disconnect the batteries.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
7. Troubleshooting

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
7. TROUBLESHOOTING
FAULT POSSIBLE REASON/CHECK

• Check that the carrier main switch is on.
• Check that the emergency/parking brake is applied.
• Check that the drive selector is in middle neutral
position.
Diesel engine does not start. • Check the fuel level.
• Check the condition of the battery.
• Check that any of the emergency stop push buttons is
not activated.
• Check the QN panel for possible alarm.

• Check the power supply’s connection and make sure
that the main switch is on.
Power pack does not start. • Check that any of the emergency stop push buttons is
not activated.
• Check that any of the circuit breakers on the main
switchgear cabinet door is not tripped.
• Power supply network is too weak. Check supply

voltage from supply voltage meter P410 or P411 on the
Power pack’s main contactor is
main switchgear cabin door.
clapping during starting the power
• Voltage should remain inside given limits during idling,
pack. starting the power pack and drilling with full power.
• Check the QN panel for possible alarm.

• Check that the water pump and the compressor control
switches are in position 1 or if external water or air is
used, that inlet pressure is sufficient.
Power pack stops. • Check that any of the circuit breakers on the main
switchgear cabinet door is not tripped.
• Check that any of the emergency stop push buttons is
not activated.
• Check that shank lubrication disturbance light is not on.

Automatic drilling is stopped
after 30 seconds. • Check the QN panel for possible alarm.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
7.1. EMR Deutz electronic regulator
The EMR is an engine control system that obtains information from the engine, from sensors and
from you.
For instance, EMR compares speed you request with the actual speed and adjust the optimal
fueling rate.
At the same time, it takes note of the exhaust limit values and enables maximum acceleration
values.
7.1.1. Description of functions
N° FUNCTIONS OPTIONS DESCRIPTION
Engine All speed governor Pure all speed governor without additional
1
speed or switching function.
Max torque Max torque curve 1 Fueling is limited to the limiting torque curve
2
curve (limiting torque curve 1).
Droop P-gradients 1/2 Switching between two fixed P-gradient.
For limiting the P-gradient relationship of
the mechanical governor, provision is made
3
for a speed-dependent P-gradient function
by means of a characteristic curve with
eight speed support points.
LDA function The fueling during acceleration and
application of dynamic load is limited as a
4
function of the turbo boost pressure to
prevent smoke emission.
Temperature The starting fueling, speed ramping and
dependent governor parameters are altered as a
5 start control function of temperature to prevent smoke
emission and to optimize the governor
behavior.
Temperature Warning The operator is warned by a lamp which
6 monitoring blinks when the coolant temperature
exceeds the warning limit temperature.
Oil pressure Warning alone The operator is warned by a lamp which
monitoring blinks when the oil pressure fall below the
7
warning limit. After a certain warning time,
the engine is shut down.
Output Warning signal, Warning signal for too hot coolant
8 function coolant temperature.
temperature
Warning signal, oil Warning signal for insufficient oil pressure.
pressure
Interface ISO 9141 Series interface according to ISO 9141 for
9 programming and diagnosis at the end of
the production line.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
N° FUNCTIONS OPTIONS DESCRIPTION

Self Monitoring the EMR system components.
10 diagnosis Diagnosis and failure report when a problem
occurs in the system.
13 Limp home 1200 rot/min In case of a potentiometer, pressure or
speed sensor fault, a damaged working
mode is activated.
14 Warning Serve to warn the operator of a failure in the
lamp system. A constantly burning warning lamp
means that a problem has occurred, but the
system can still be operated within
limitations.
A blinking lamp means that the system is no
longer functioning.
15 Start/stop Engine stop by The engine is stopped by cutting off the
key switch EMR alone EMR electric supply.
16 Pre-settings Pedal position The setting is determined by a
transmitter potentiometer on the pedal position sensor
(PWG) input.
The reference voltage of 5V is provided by
the EMR.
20 Diagnosis Simplified diagnosis without Serdia.
button
21 Protection No engine stop in case of over-speed.
7.1.2. Troubleshooting
The EMR regulator has engine safety and functional check ability.
With the informations provided by the various sensors, the electronic box analyses the level of
seriousness of the noticed failures and consequently determines an adaptation in the running
mode of the engine.
According to the importance of the noticed failure:

• If the engine can going on running > the light turns on continuously.
• If the engine is about to stop > the light blinks. (With some programmed electronic box,
there could be a drop in the output power of the engine before complete stop).

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
LIGHT STATUS POSSIBLE CAUSE REPAIR
Brief over-heating of the

• The light turns on and cooling circuit, cooling liquid
comes back to off after a Check the cooler condition.
briefly exceeds maximum
while. temperature level.
• The engine goes on
running correctly. The oil pressure has shortly
Check the oil pressure
fallen under the minimal limit.
• Using a multimeter (voltmeter,
ammeter, ohmmeter) check the
connections and wiring. Look for
Engine speed potentiometer
corroded or loosened connections.
and/or engine speed regula-
• Check the engine speed potenti-
tion box do not work properly.
ometer.
• Check the engine speed regula-
tion box.
• Check the pressure switch.
• Using a multimeter check the con-
Turbo-charger pressure
nections and wiring of the turbo-
• The light turns on con- switch.
charger pressure switch. Look for
tinuously. corroded or loosened connections.
• The engine goes on
running. • Check and clean the engine
cooler.
Engine over-heating. • Using a multimeter check the tem-
Defective engine tempera- perature sensor.
ture sensor. • Check the connections and wiring
of the temperature sensor. Look for
• Check the oil pressure.
Oil pressure insufficient.
nections and wiring of the sensor.
Oil pressure sensor
Look for corroded or loosened con-
nections.
• The light turns on con-
Shut down the engine and re-
tinuously. Engine over-speeding.
start.
• The engine stops.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
• Check the engine cooler.

• Using a multimeter check the tem-
Engine over-heating.
perature sensor and the check the
condition of its wiring.
• Check the oil pressure.
• The light blinks (with
engine performance
Oil pressure nections and wiring of the sensor.
drop).
Look for corroded or loosened con-
nections.
• Check the connections and wiring
Defective engine speed sen-
of the speed sensor. Look for cor-
sor.
roded or loosened connections.
Defective rack position sen-
of the rack position sensor. Look for
sor.
of the speed sensor. Look for cor-
Bad connection with the
roded or loosened connections.
engine speed sensor.
• The light blinks (Engine • Using a multimeter check the
stopped) speed sensor.
Engine temperature too high
or oil pressure too low.
Defective actuator Replace actuator.
Defective electronic control
Replace electronic control box.
box

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
8. Technical specifications

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
8. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DS311
ROCK SUPPORT
BOLTER
Sandvik DS311 is the most compact mechanized rock KEY FEATURES

bolter on the market. Its unique rock bolting concept Coverage area 6 350 x 2 100 mm (roof)
delivers the best ratio of rock bolt length to drift height. Hydraulic rock drill 1 x RD314, 14 kW
Bolting head 1 x SBH, (5’ to 10’)
Sandvik DS311 is a one-man-operated electro-hydraulic Boom 1 x B26XLB
rock bolter for rock reinforcement in underground mines Turning width (T-section) 4 510 mm (with SBH5)
with small and medium cross sections. The operator Transport width 1 980 mm
works below supported ground while protected under a Transport height (canopy) 2 140 mm / 3 100 mm
&/032/03CERTIǆEDCABINSTRUCTURE-ECHANIZATION Transport height (cabin) 2 920 mm or 2 670 mm
OFTHEBOLTINGPROCESSENSURESEǈCIENTCONSTANTAND Transport length 11 365 mm (with SBH5)
durable rock bolt integrity. 15 000 - 18 000 kg
Total weight
depending on options
Built from proven and reliable components, Sandvik
DS311 used RD314 rock drill for fast performance,
installed on the Sandvik Bolting Head with low operating
cost.
Versatility is also one of the rock bolter’s key

characteristics. Sandvik DS311 can install most
common rock bolts ranging in length from 1.5 to 3
meters (5 to 10 feet).
3!.$6)+$3̉2/#+3500/24"/,4%2

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
(9$2!5,)#2/#+$2),, %,%#42)#3934%-
Type of rock drill RD314 (TS2-137) Standard voltage 380 - 690 V (± 10%)
Percussion power 14 kW Total installed power 70 kW
Percussion pressure -AXBAR -AINSWITCHGEAR -3%
Percussion rate 110 Hz )0CLASSIǆCATION 3PECIǆCATION43
Rotation speed -AXRPM Starting method Star delta 380 V - 575 V
Rotation torque -AX.M Automatic cable reel TCR1
Hole size 33 - 43 mm (1”5/16 - 1”23/32) Operator station and remote
Cable reel control
Recommended rod R32 - HEX25 - R25 control at rear of unit
Shank adapter R32 female 3EALED!'-BATTERIES 2 x 12 V, 95 Ah
Weight 115 kg Cable plug holder On central rear hood
Filling device for accumulators 3PECIǆCATION43 Front lights
4 x 50 W LED (4 200 lm, 6 000 K)
(combined working and driving)
"/,4).'(%!$ Rear lights

4 x 50 W LED (4 200 lm, 6 000 K)
SBH (TS2-208) SBH5 SBH6 SBH7 SBH8 SBH10 (combined working and driving)
Bolt length mm 1 525 1 830 2 135 2 440 3 050

Remoted with cabin:
Steel length mm 1 975 2 175 2 475 2 795 3 405 1 x 40W LED (2 300 lm, 5 700 K)
Search light
Total length -ANUALWITHCANOPY
mm 2 520 2 820 3 120 3 440 4 090 1 x 17W LED (600 lm, 6 000K)
(drilling)
Total length* Rear brake / parking lights 2 x Red LED

mm 2 730 3 240 3 540 3 860 4 510
(bolting)
Hole depth mm 1 755 1 950 2 250 2 570 3 185 !)2!.$7!4%23934%-
Total weight** mm 1 040 1 070 1 100 1 150 1 280 Flushing of holes By water
Water booster pump type WBP1 (4 kW)
Dimensions +/- 5 mm
*Dimension with RD314 + H200 or HH200 for S bolts system, please add 195 mm
33 l/min at 15 bar
Water pump capacity
**The weights are theoretical and given for information
(input pressure = 4 bar)
Dimensions and weights are for a bolting head equipped Water pump inlet pressure BAR-IN
Flushing water pressure 10 - 15 bar
"//- Shank lubrication device SLU1 (air / oil mist)
Type of boom B26XLB (TS2-207) Air compressor CTN10, 1 m³/min (7 bar)
Boom extension 1 700 mm Oil consumption 100 g/h
Boom weight, net 1 500 kg Air consumption 250 l/min
Roll-over angle 360°
/0%2!4/2ś33!&%49#!").
(9$2!5,)#3934%- FOPS / ROPS (ISO 3449 / 3471)
Standard cabin
Powerpack HPP355 (55 kW) Height 2 920 mm
Filtration size (pressure / return) 20 µ / 10 µ Operation Standing drilling, seated tramming
Oil tank volume 180 liters Sound pressure level
Operator station: 80 dB(A)
/ILTANKǆLLINGPUMP -ANUAL according to EN 16228
Cooler for hydraulic oil OW30 oil-to-water (30 kW) Operator’s seat Ergonomic T-back seat
Air conditioning Cooling only
$2),,).'#/.42/,3934%-
Type of control system THC560 (TS2-361)
Operating principle Hydraulic control
Drilling anti-jamming Automatic
Drilling rotation speed Adjustable at control panel
Drilling feed thrust pressure Adjustable at control panel
Reduced for collaring
Drilling percussion pressure
Full for drilling (adjustable)
$RILLINGWATERǇUSHING Automatic with percussion start
$RILLINGWATERAIRǇUSHING -ANUALSELECTION
Bolting feed thrust pressure Dedicated bolt system (split set)
Bolting rotation speed Adjustable
Bolting tightening torque Adjustable
3!.$6)+$3̉2/#+3500/24"/,4%2

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
#!22)%2 /04)/.!,&%!452%3!.$0!#+!'%3
Type of carrier NC5
Electric system
Steering system Frame steering *Optional voltage 1 000 V (50 or 60 Hz) with DOL
Carrier articulation ± 38° starter
*Starting method Star delta 600 V - 690 V
Rear axle oscillation ± 10°
*Electric cables 3PECIǆCATION43
Ground clearance 320 mm Ground fault and overcurrent VYK (N/A USC package)
$EUTZ"&-%-2 K74IER protection
Diesel engine Auxiliary outlet 1 x 110 V or 1 x 230 V, 16 A
-3(!3TAGE))#HINA
Battery jump start Optional
Exhaust catalyzer Standard Dewatering pump outlet -AXK76
Transmission Hydrostatic, automotive readiness N/A USC package
!MBERǇASHINGLIGHT LED (24 V)
Dana spicer 112 with extended
Axles
DIǅERENTIALBREATHERS
Air and water system
Tires 12.00-20 !IRMISTǇUSHINGKIT 3PECIǆCATION43
Service brakes Hydrostatic and positive braking *Air compressor CT28, 2.8 m³/min (7 bar)
Water hose reel with water hose THR with 32 mm (1 ¼”), 80 meters
Parking and Hydraulic oil immersed multiple disc
Water hose with hooks 32 mm (1¼”), 80 meters
emergency brakes brakes on both brakes
12 km/h (horizontal) #LEANINGSYSTEM

Tramming speed
5 km/h (14%=1:7=8°) HP system with reel Up to 180 bar (TS2-343)
Gradeability / sideways tilt -AXnnACCORDINGTO%. 'REASINGSYSTEMS
Fuel tank 80 liters Centralized greasing points 3PECIǆCATION43
-ANUALSYSTEM Greasing gun and cartridge with
Tramming oil tank 55 liters hose reel (TS2-463)
2 x Telescopic (front) Automatic system Carrier (TS2-463)
Carrier stabilization
2 x Vertical (rear)
/PERATORśSSAFETYCABINCANOPY
Bolt storage Left side *Safety canopy FOPS (ISO 3449)
Tramming alarm Standard *Low cabin &/032/03CERTIǆCATION
Height 2 670 mm,
-Y3ANDVIKINSIGHT Remote monitoring system
Cabin heating During drilling and tramming
2 x Operator’s and maintenance manual Cabin audio system #$PLAYERRADIO-0"LUETOOTH
2 x Parts manual (in English only) and loudspeakers
Documentation Safety grill For canopy or cabin
X53"KEYOFMANUALS0$&ǆLES
1 x Online Parts manuals (MySandvik)
&IRESUPPRESSIONSYSTEM
(ANDHELDǆREEXTINGUISHER 1 x 6 kg Type ABC
/04)/.!,&%!452%3!.$0!#+!'%3 -ANUALORAUTOMATICSYSTEM Ansul, 6 nozzles (TS2-460)
!UTOǆRESUPPRESSIONSYSTEM Sandvik Eclipse™ (TS2-461)
(YDRAULICROCKDRILL
*RHR50 rotary drill Instead of RD314 (drilling line)
#ARRIER
"OOM *Diesel engine Deutz TCD2012, 74 kW, Tier 3,
*Type of boom B26B boom instead of B26XLB Stage IIIA, Canmet, China 2
Boom suspension system 3PECIǆCATION43
&OAMǆLLEDTIRES 4 pcs
&ASTǆLLINGSYSTEM Complete
"OLTINGOPTION -Y3ANDIKPRODUCTIVITY Remote monitoring system
*Bolting alternatives '#2'##7)3- Brake release -ANUALHANDPUMP
*H200 rock drill i/o HH200 For S bolting system Wheel chocks and holders 2 Sets
Two bolt lengths carousel on For bolting head 7’ and 6’ bolts
SBH8 Extra Items
Screen handler On the bolting head (TS2-355) with Berg plug and socket 250 A
hooks for mesh on carrier side Automatic brake application ABA brake
Bolting head oiler For BC and BCS system (TS2-291) Spare rock drill RD314, H200
Hydraulic system Tools and pressure test box 3PECIǆCATION43

/ILTANKǆLLINGPUMP Electric Spare wheel assembly !IRORFOAM ǆLLED
Special tools for rock drill Field tool set (TS2-119)
$RILLINGCONTROLSYSTEM Complete tool set (TS2-118)
Access detector system -ANDATORYIN%UROPE43 Warranty extension One year (excl. CIS)
Access protector system -ANDATORYIN#ANADA43 Documentation Extra paper or PDF manuals
Drilling safety Boom movements isolation switch 0ACKAGE#OUNTRYSPECIǆCOPTIONS ,!-53#!53PACKAGE
*Package: Arctic N/A 1 000 VAC and USC package
3PECIǆCATION43
*Package: Harsh water Basic or advanced (TS2-049)
*) Replaces standard feature
3!.$6)+$3̉2/#+3500/24"/,4%2

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
43 %.'-%42)#gSandvik Mining and Rock Solutions 2021 SANDVIK is a registered trademark owned by Sandvik Intellectual Property AB in Sweden and other countries.
3"( 3"( 3"( 3"( 3"(
!-AXI mm 6 810 7 030 7 090 7 340 7 650
"8,"
DS311
B (Optimum) mm 5 610 5 830 5 890 6 140 6 460

#-INI mm 3 100 3 420 3 720 4 050 4 650
Overall length mm 11 365 11 495 11 655 11 855 12 160
* With low cabin option

""8,BOOM ""BOOM
Radius (R) 4 CROSS# Radius (R) 4 CROSS#

DS311 (SBH5) mm 7 100 4 510 6 650 4 060
DS311 (SBH6) mm 7 150 4 560 6 700 4 110
DS311 (SBH7) mm 7 250 4 660 6 800 4 210
DS311 (SBH8) mm 7 450 4 860 7 000 4 370
DS311 (SBH10) mm 7 700 5 150 7 225 4 600
** Optional boom
All dimensions in mm
3ANDVIK-ININGAND2OCK3OLUTIONSRESERVESTHERIGHTTOMAKECHANGESTOTHEINFORMATIONONTHISDATASHEETWITHOUTPRIORNOTIǆCATIONTOUSERS
0LEASECONTACTA3ANDVIKREPRESENTATIVEFORCLARIǆCATIONONSPECIǆCATIONSANDOPTIONS
ROCKTECHNOLOGY.SANDVIK
3!.$6)+$3̉2/#+3500/24"/,4%2

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
B26B
BOLTING BOOM
Sandvik B26B boom is a hydraulic universal telescopic TECHNICAL DATA

boom specially designed for mechanized rock bolting in Boom extension 1 200 mm
underground mines and tunnels with small and medium Boom lift (up / down) 45° / 16°
cross sections. Boom swing (right / left) 31° (45°) / 26° (45°)
Bolting head tilt, up and down 25° and 80°
The x-y coordinated boom movements together with Bolting head rotation 360°
360° actuator roll-over make the use of the boom simple Weight (without hosing) 1 150 kg
and logical. Smooth and accurate boom movements Weight allowed 1 350 kg
enable fast movements from hole to hole. Large
DIMENSIONEDRECTANGULARPROǆLEADJUSTABLEANDSEALED Key features
boom extension wear-pieces, large diameter bearings, • Modular structure
SEALEDMAINJOINTSEXPANDINGPINSINCYLINDERJOINTSAND • Easy servicing.
use of super strong cast pieces in most
stressed areas are some of the features that are Options
included to the boom design for improved reliability. • Harsh water cylinder rods
• Centralized greasing
Sandvik B26B boom is designed for Sandvik DS2710,
DS2711 and Sandvik DS311 rock bolters.
3!.$6)+""̉"/,4).'"//-

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
5
A
B
C
1 550 5 050
3
4 200
4 940
1 3 050 Up to 3 750
3 888 7 050
4 600
4 5 200
1 200
TS2-206:04/ENG/METRIC © Sandvik Mining and Rock Technology 2019 SANDVIK is a registered trademark owned by Sandvik Intellectual Property AB in Sweden and other countries.
DS2710 DS2710 DS2710 DS2710
Model DS2711 DS2711 DS2711 DS2711
(TUC5) (TUC6) (TUC7) (TUC8)
2 A (Maxi) 5 800 mm 5 950 mm 6 100 mm 6 300 mm

B (Optimum) 4 950 mm 5 100 mm 5 250 mm 5 450 mm
-!).#/-0/.%.43 C (Mini) 3 175 mm 3 555 mm 3 850 mm 4 365 mm
1. Boom swing
DS311 DS311 DS311 DS311
2. Boom lift Model
(TUC5) (TUC6) (TUC7) (TUC8)
3. Boom extension
A (Maxi) 5 980 mm 6 130 mm 6 280 mm 6 480 mm
4. Bolting head rotation
B (Optimum) 5 130 mm 5 280 mm 5 430 mm 5 630 mm
5. Bolting head tilt
C (Mini) 3 175 mm 3 555 mm 3 850 mm 4 365 mm
25° 45°
80°
16°
360°
31°
(45°)
26°
(45°)
3 310
3ANDVIK-ININGAND2OCK4ECHNOLOGYRESERVESTHERIGHTTOMAKECHANGESTOTHEINFORMATIONONTHISDATASHEETWITHOUTPRIORNOTIǆCATIONTOUSERS
3!.$6)+""̉"/,4).'"//-

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
B26XLB
BOLTING BOOM
Sandvik B26XLB boom is a hydraulic universal telescopic TECHNICAL DATA

boom specially designed for mechanized rock bolting Boom extension 1 700 mm
in underground mines and tunnels with medium cross Boom lift (up / down) 45° / 16°
sections. Boom swing (right / left) 31° (45°) / 26° (45°)
Bolting head tilt, up and down 25° and 80°
The x-y coordinated boom movements together with Bolting head rotation 360°
360° actuator roll-over make the use of the boom simple Weight (without hosing) 1 460 kg
and logical. Smooth and accurate boom movements Weight allowed 1 500 kg
enable fast movements from hole to hole.
Key features
,ARGEDIMENSIONEDRECTANGULARPROǆLEADJUSTABLEAND • Modular structure
sealed boom extension wear-pieces, large diameter • Easy servicing.
BEARINGSSEALEDMAINJOINTSEXPANDINGPINSINCYLINDER
JOINTSANDUSEOFVERYSTRONGCASTPIECESINTHEMOST Options
stressed areas are some of the features that are • Harsh water cylinder rods
included to the boom design for improved reliability. • Centralized greasing
Sandvik B26XLB boom is designed for Sandvik DS311

bolters.
3!.$6)+"8,"̉"/,4).'"//-

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
4 A
B
C
1 SANDVIK
DS311
4 010
5 070 6 180
5 215 5 100
3 6 770
5 2 100
1 700 30° 36°
45° 45°
5 260
4 090
SANDVIK
DS311
2
DS311 DS311 DS311 DS311 DS311
-!).#/-0/.%.43 (TUC5) (TUC6) (TUC7) (TUC8) (TUC10)
1. Boom extension A (Maxi) mm 6 900 6 950 7 090 7 360 7 640
2. Boom lift B (Optimum) mm 5 700 5 750 5 890 6 160 6 440
3. Boom swing C (Mini) mm 3175 3 555 3 850 4 365 4 965
4. Bolting head tilt Overall length mm 11 360 11 560 11 760 11 960 12 160
5. Bolting head rotation
25°
45°
80°
16°
360°
31°
(45°)
26°
(45°)
3 845
3!.$6)+"8,"̉"/,4).'"//-

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
SBH
BOLTING HEAD
The Sandvik SBH bolting head is a simple, strong, %RWKOLQHVDUHƮWWHGZLWKFKDQJHDEOHVWDLQOHVVVWHHOUDLOV

reliable, easy to use bolting head, designed for safer for fast and easy service, at lowest operating cost.
mechanized bolting, using all sorts of bolts, for any rock Bolting and drilling lines are activated by a single cylinder
conditions. and cable, with the help of a smart and simple design
The SBH is suitable for bolts from 5’ (1 525 mm) to 10’ cradle selection cylinder, for best reliability and easy
(3 050 mm) and can operate in a gallery as low as 2.9 m maintenance.
(9’ 7”).
Drilling is done with RD314 compact high frequency
The versatile bolting head construction is suitable for drifter or RHR rotary drill, with fastest penetration rates,
any combination of mechanical expansion shell (M), for a maximum productivity.
IULFWLRQ6ZDWHULQưDWHG:,UHVLQ*&5RUFHPHQW KEY FEATURES
(GCR) grouted bolts, to ensure the safest bolting quality Type of rock drill RD314 or RHR51
in any type of rock. Rock drill or rotary drill (bolting) H200, RHR53 or HH200
Max. feed force 20 kN
6WUXFWXUHLVPDGHRXWRIVLQJOHVWLƬDQGUREXVW Bolt length 5, 6, 7, 8 and 10 ft
aluminium beam. Bolt system M, S, GCC, GCR, WI
Bolt magazine capacity Up to 15 bolts
This beam is equipped with two working lines swinging Weight 1 040 - 1 280 kg
together around an anchoring point that remains
strongly in contact with the rock, ensuring that the bolts
will always end up right in front of the drilled holes, for
best accuracy and productivity.
6$1'9,.6%+ǫ%2/7,1*+($'

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Drilling line
6 5
4 +<'5$8/,&52&.'5,//
Type of rock drill RD314 (TS2-137)
Percussion power 14 kW
7 Percussion pressure Max. 180 bar
Percussion rate 110 Hz
Rotation speed Max. 530 rpm
B Rotation torque Max. 340 Nm
A
Hole size 33 - 43 mm (1”5/16 - 1”23/32)
3 Recommended rod R32 - HEX25 - R25
Shank adapter R32 female
2 1 Weight 115 kg
+<'5$8/,&527$5<'5,//Ǭ:5(1&+
Type of rotary drill RHR51 (TS2-250)
Drilling position Rotation speed Max. 1 000 rpm
Rotation torque Max. 240 Nm
0$,1&20321(176 Operating pressure 210 bar
1. Rock drill RD314 (drilling line) Hole size 20 - 45 mm
2. Rock drill H200 or rotary wrench RHR (bolting line) Weight 40 kg
3. Bolt magazine
4. Centralizer Bolting line
5. Stinger
6. Bolts guide
7. Main beam
7(&+1,&$/'$7$
SBH5 SBH6 SBH7 SBH8 SBH10
Bolt length mm 1 525 1 830 2 135 2 440 3 050
Steel length mm 1 975 2 175 2 475 2 795 3 405
Total length (A)
mm 2 520 2 820 3 120 3 440 4 090
(drilling)
Total length (B)*

mm 2 730 3 240 3 540 3 860 4 510
(bolting)
Hole depth mm 1 755 1 950 2 250 2 570 3 185
Total weight** kg 1 040 1 070 1 100 1 150 1 280
Dimensions +/- 5 mm
*Dimension with RD314 + H200 or HH200, please add 195 mm
**The weights are theoretical and given for information
Dimensions and weights are for a bolting head equipped
Up to 300 mm Bolting position
25°
%2/7&$66(77(&$3$&,7<
Bolt diameter Square plate size (mm)
(mm) 100 125 150
16 / 22 mm
12 bolts
22 / 28 mm 15 bolts
With one size bolt 33 mm 11 bolts
40 mm 12 bolts 10 bolts
765 mm
46 mm 12 bolts 10 bolts
16 / 22 mm
and 40 / 44 mm
:LWKWZRGLƬHUHQW
9 bolts
bolt sizes
22 / 28 mm
and 40 / 44 mm
6$1'9,.6%+ǫ%2/7,1*+($'
ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
52&.%2/7,1*6<67(0 +<'5$8/,&%2/7,1*:5(1&+
Grout cartridge resin Type of rotary drill RHR53 (TS2-250)
GCR
Resin rebar Rotation speed Max. 630 rpm
Grout cartridge cement Rotation torque Max. 390 Nm
GCC
Rebar + cement cartridge Operating pressure Max. 210 bar
Mechanical shell anchor M Weight 40 kg
Splitset friction rockbolts S
:DWHULQưDWHGIULFWLRQURFNEROWV WI, Hydrabolt
&20%,1$7,212)52&.%2/76<67(0
Bolting line
GCR GCC S M WI
equipment
Consult
GCR RHR50 H200 RHR50 RHR50
factory
Consult
GCC RHR50 H200 RHR50 RHR50
factory
S H200 H200 HH200 H200 HH200
M RHR50 RHR50 H200 RHR50 RHR50
WI RHR50 RHR50 H200 RHR50 RHR50
Mechanical bolting (M rockbolt system)

052&.%2/76<67(0
Bolt diameter Ø14 mm, Ø17 mm, Ø20 mm
Recommended hole diameter 26 - 45 mm
Resin cartridge bolting (GCR rockbolt system)

*&552&.%2/76<67(0
Resin cartridges diameter 23, 25, 28 mm
Recommended hole diameter Diameter cartridges +10mm
r[OLWHUVDLUUHFHLYHUVIRUUHVLQFDUWULGJHVưXVKLQJ
• 1 x cartridge storage box next to shooting device.
• 1 x “IN THE HOLE” cartridge shooting device with water inlet for
Cement cartridge bolting (GCC rockbolt system)

*&&52&.%2/76<67(0
Cement cartridges diameter 30 mm (± 2 mm)
Recommended hole diameter 41 mm
Injection position
Bolting line equipment RHR53 bolting wrench for GCR and GCC
r[OLWHUVDLUUHFHLYHUVIRUUHVLQFDUWULGJHVưXVKLQJ
• 1 x cartridge soaking box with water inlet next to shooting device.
• 1 x “IN THE HOLE” cartridge shooting device with water inlet for

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP 6$1'9,.6%+ǫ%2/7,1*+($'
Splitset bolting (S rockbolt system) :DWHULQưDWHGEROWLQJ:,URFNEROWV\VWHP

652&.%2/76<67(0 )LUVWFULPSWKHEROWE\SUHVVXUL]LQJWKHVHDORIWKHLQưDWLng tools at
300 bar (green light comes on). Secondly, insert a bolt in the hole and
Bolt diameter 39 mm, 46 mm
LQưDWHWKHEROW2QFHEDUSUHVVXUHLVUHDGRQWKHJDXJHDWWKH
Bolting line equipment HH200 impactor RSHUDWRUoVSDQHOWKHLQưDWLRQLVVZLWFKHGRƬ7KHV\VWHPPDLQWDLQV
WKHLQưDWLQJSUHVVXUHZLWKLQWKHJLYHQWLPHSHULRG7KLVSHULRGFDQ
Note: With Sandvik H200 or HH200 on the bolting line for Splitset EHVHWDFFRUGLQJWRWKHEROWVXSSOLHUoVVSHFLƮFDWLRQV$IWHUZKHQWKH
bolting system, please add 195 mm on the total length. SUHVVXUHLVUHOHDVHGDXWRPDWLFDOO\WKHJUHHQOLJKWJRHVRƬ
:$7(5,1)/$7(')5,&7,2152&.%2/76
Type of bolt Sandvik RX bolts
Bolt diameter 28 mm
Hole diameter 32 - 39 mm (for 28 mm bolts)
Bolting line equipment &DUULDJHLQưDWLQJWRROV
TS2-265:04/ENG/METRIC © Sandvik Mining and Rock Solutions 2021 SANDVIK is a registered trademark owned by Sandvik Intellectual Property AB in Sweden and other countries.
Carrier standard equipment ,QưDWLQJSXPSPD[EDU
Bolt crimping
Valves for 2 steps installation
%ROWLQưDWLRQ
195 %ROWLQưDWLRQ 300 bar
+<'5$8/,&,03$&725 Bolt crimping 1 switch
Type of impactor HH200 %ROWLQưDWLRQZLWKJUHHQOLJKW 1 switch
Percussion power 10 kW :DWHUƮOWHUV 200 µ, 40 µ, 10 µ
Percussion pressure Max. 200 bar
40 Hz (Ø46 mm bolt ) :$7(5,1)/$7(')5,&7,2152&.%2/76
Percussion rate
50 Hz (Ø39 mm bolt) Type of bolt Hydrabolt
Shank adapter R38 (male) Bolt diameter 29 mm
Weight 76 kg Hole diameter 34 - 40 mm
Bolting line equipment &DUULDJHLQưDWLQJWRROV
+<'5$8/,&52&.'5,// Carrier standard equipment ,QưDWLQJSXPSPD[EDU
Type of rock drill H200 (TS2-234) %ROWLQưDWLRQ 260 bar
Percussion power 10 kW %ROWLQưDWLRQZLWKJUHHQOLJKW 1 switch
Percussion pressure Max. 200 bar :DWHUƮOWHUV 200 µ, 40 µ, 10 µ
40 Hz (Ø46 mm bolt)
Percussion rate
50 Hz (Ø39 mm bolt)
Rotation speed 100 - 300 rpm
Rotation torque Max. 420 Nm
Shank adapter R38 (male)
Weight 95 kg
52&.722/6
Drifter Shank Thread Bolting head Drill steel Drill steel lenght Thread Bit
Male R32 / Male R25
SBH 5’ 7853 - 2419 - 20 1 975 mm 7732 - 4433C - S48

7803-7663-01
SBH 6’ 7853 - 2421 - 20 2 175 mm 7732 - 4435 - S48

Female R32
7732 - 5235 - R48

RD314
SBH 7’ 7853 - 2424 - 20 2 475 mm

7732 -4437C - S48
SBH 8’ 7853 - 2427 - 20 2 795 mm 7732 - 5238 - R48
7732 - 5241 - S48
SBH 10’ 7853 - 2434 - 20 3 405 mm 7732 - 5241 - R48
6DQGYLN0LQLQJDQG5RFN6ROXWLRQVUHVHUYHVWKHULJKWWRPDNHFKDQJHVWRWKHLQIRUPDWLRQRQWKLVGDWDVKHHWZLWKRXWSULRUQRWLƮFDWLRQWRXVHUV
3OHDVHFRQWDFWD6DQGYLNUHSUHVHQWDWLYHIRUFODULƮFDWLRQRQVSHFLƮFDWLRQVDQGRSWLRQV
6$1'9,.6%+ǫ%2/7,1*+($'

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
H200
HYDRAULIC ROCK DRILL
Sandvik H200 hydraulic rock drill is designed for rock MAIN DIMENSIONS
bolting on Sandvik rock support rigs. Hole diameter bolting 33 - 45 mm
It is also suitable for tunneling and mine development Hole diameter drilling 35 - 41 mm
drilling on Sandvik narrow vein mining jumbos. Hole diameter reaming 76 - 89 mm
Power class 10 kW
The extreme compact design of Sandvik H200 hydraulic Percussion rate 40 - 65 Hz
percussive rock drill, when mounted on the TUC Operating pressure
bolting head, provides to Sandvik bolters an ability to Percussion 140 - 200 bar
install bolts wherever it is need to, even in real uneven Rotation (max.) 210 bar
conditions. Rotation motor type OMS 125
Drill steels
4HEPOWERLEVELPERFECTLYǆTTEDTOTHEAPPLICATION Bolting (drilling) Male R32 - Male R25
enables an outstanding lifetime to the drilling tools. Male R28 - Male R32
Drifting Male R32 - Male R38
Shanks
Bolting (TUC drilling line) R32 (female)
Bolting (TUC bolting line R32 (male) - R38 (male)

for S bolting system)
Drilling R32 (male) - R38 (male)
Weight 95 kg
3!.$6)+(̉(9$2!5,)#2/#+$2),,

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2/4!4)/.-%#(!.)3- 3(!.+,5"2)#!4)/.
Motor Orbit type !IRǇOW 250 l/min
Motor type 1 OMS 125 Pressure 2.5 bar
Torque (at 175 bar) 420 Nm Oil consumption 100 g/h
Flow (at max speed) 40 l/min /),2%#/--%.$!4)/.
Oil operating temperature +40°C up to +65°C
&,53().'02%3352% See Sandvik drill rigs lubricant
Max. pressure (air / water) 15 bar Oil recommendation recommendation for detailed
information
!##5-5,!4/23
/04)/.
Accumulator gas Nitrogen N2
High pressure (HP) 55 bar Special tools for H200
ID 7834 0065
Filling valve Vg8 DIN7756 Complete set
Flushing head + 20 kg
908
765 765
243 243
70
152
115
297
182
Bolting version Drilling version

(TUC drilling line) Bolting version (TUC bolting line)
266 3!.$6)+(̉(9$2!5,)#2/#+$2),,
(310) Copyright © Sandvik Mining and Construction
ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
RD314
HYDRAULIC ROCK DRILL
Sandvik RD314 high-frequency hydraulic rock drill is KEY FEATURES

designed for bolting and face drilling rigs. Hole diameter bolting 33 - 43 mm
Hole diameter drilling 43 - 51 mm
Sandvik RD314 can be used in electrically-controlled Hole diameter reaming 64 - 89 mm
and hydraulically-controlled Sandvik drill rigs. Power class 14 kW
Percussion rate 110 Hz
Sandvik RD314 is a compact, robust and universal
Operating pressure
hydraulic percussive rock drill. It is known for its hydraulic Percussion (bolting) 120 - 180 bar
EǈCIENCYANDHIGHPENETRATIONRATE Percussion (drilling) 120 - 180 bar
Rotation (max.) 175 bar
Sandvik RD314 has excellent serviceability through Rotation motor type OMS 100 or OMS 125
modular construction and visual wear indicators. Service
Drill steels
interval is 500 percussion hours. Bolting R32 - HEX25 - R25
Drilling HEX35 mm drifter rods
Shanks
Bolting R32 (female)
R32 (male short, only for bolting)
Drilling R32 (male), T38 (male), T35 (male)
122 kg (bolting)
Weight
127 kg (drilling)
3!.$6)+2$̉(9$2!5,)#2/#+$2),,

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2/4!4)/.-%#(!.)3- 3(!.+,5"2)#!4)/.
Motor Orbit type !IRǇOW 150 - 250 Nl/min
Motor type 1 OMS 100 Pressure 4 - 5 bar
Torque (at 175 bar) 340 Nm Oil consumption 100 - 200 g/h
Flow (at max speed) 75 l/min /),2%#/--%.$!4)/.
Oil operating temperature +40°C up to +60°C
2/4!4)/.-%#(!.)3- See Sandvik drill rigs lubricant
Motor Orbit type Oil recommendation recommendation for detailed
Motor type 2 OMS 125 information
Torque (at 175 bar) 420 Nm

/04)/.
Flow (at max speed) 75 l/min Special tools for RD314 /
Spec sheet TS2-118
Complete set
!##5-5,!4/23 Special tools for RD314 /
Spec sheet TS2-119
Accumulator gas Nitrogen N2 Field tools set
High pressure (HP) 40 bar
Low pressure (LP) 4 bar
Filling valve Vg8 DIN7756
766
571 640
199 199
352 352
96 108
192 204
3!.$6)+2$̉(9$2!5,)#2/#+$2),,

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
RHR50
ROTARY DRILL
Sandvik RHR50 hydraulic rotary drill is designed for MAIN DIMENSIONS

drifting in soft to medium-hard rock formations. Hole diameter bolting 20 - 45 mm
It is available on most of the Sandvik mining jumbos and Hole diameter drilling 38 - 64 mm
bolters. Rotation speed (max.) 1 000 rpm
Rotation torque (max.) 450 Nm
3ANDVIK2(2BOLTWRENCHISAVAILABLEONTHE45# Operating pressure (max.) 210 bar
bolting head. It is used for spinning and / or tightening
Available for threaded helicoidal,
BOLTSGROUTEDWITHEITHERRESINORCEMENTCARTRIDGESOR Shank adaptor square, hexagonal drill steel end.
mechanical bolts. 4OBESPECIǆEDWHENORDERING
Available for any kind of bolt end

4HEDESIGNOF3ANDVIK2(2ROTARYDRILLCANǆTEVERY Bolting chuck ANDNUT4OBESPECIǆEDWHEN
SINGLEROCKCONDITIONBYBEINGABLETODRILLDRYWITHAMIX ordering.
OFAIRANDWATERWITHWATEROREVENVACUUM Weight 40 kg
4HESTURDYDESIGNOF3ANDVIK2(2WRENCHPROVIDES
ARELIABLEANDLASTINGTIGHTENINGEǈCIENCY7ITHFOUR
DIǅERENTSIZESOFHYDRAULICMOTORTHETORQUEDELIVERED
ISALWAYSTHEONEMAKINGEACHANDEVERYBOLTTHEMOST
EǈCIENTGROUNDSUPPORT
3!.$6)+2(2̉2/4!29$2),,

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
2/4!4)/.-%#(!.)3- 2/4!4)/.-%#(!.)3-
Motor Orbit type Motor Orbit type
Motor type 1 OMS80 Motor type 4 OMS160
Torque (at 210 bar) 240 Nm Torque (at 210 bar) 450 Nm
Rotation speed 0 - 1 000 rpm Rotation speed 0 - 500 rpm
&LOWATMAXSPEED 90 l/min &LOWATMAXSPEED 90 l/min
2/4!4)/.-%#(!.)3- /),2%#/--%.$!4)/.
Motor Orbit type Oil operating temperature +40°C up to +60°C
Motor type 2 OMS100 See Sandvik drill rigs lubricant
43 %.'-%42)#g3ANDVIK-ININGAND2OCK4ECHNOLOGY3!.$6)+ISAREGISTEREDTRADEMARKOWNEDBY3ANDVIK)NTELLECTUAL0ROPERTY!"IN3WEDENANDOTHERCOUNTRIES
Torque (at 210 bar) 300 Nm Oil recommendation recommendation for detailed
Rotation speed 0 - 800 rpm information
&LOWATMAXSPEED 90 l/min
/04)/.
2/4!4)/.-%#(!.)3- Special tools for RHR50 /
ID 783 400 70
Motor Orbit type Complete set
Motor type 3 OMS125
Torque (at 210 bar) 390 Nm
&LOWATMAXSPEED 90 l/min
247
75
301
137
3!.$6)+2(2̉2/4!29$2),,

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
SH
SCREEN HANDLER
Sandvik SH Screen Handler is designed for Sandvik TECHNICAL DATA

DS311 and Sandvik DS2710 rock bolters. Handler lift 180°
The SH Screen Handler is a hydraulic telescopic boom Handler tilt, up and down 150° and 20°
specially designed for the mechanization of screen Handler swing 18°
installation, along the roof and/or side walls, handled by Max. screen sheet weight allowed 50 kg
only one operator from the control station. Max. screen dimensions 6 000 x 3 000 mm
.OTONLYPRODUCTIVITYISINCREASEDBUTDIǈCULTPLACESTO Screen gripping forks For one sheet pick-up
reach are now accessible.
Mounted directly on the DS311 and DS2710 bolting head

goose neck. The use of the screen manipulator is simple,
reliable and easy.
It can install rigid expanded metal mesh or welded wire

mesh screen sheets.
3!.$6)+3(̉3#2%%.(!.$,%2

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
MAIN COMPONENTS
1. Screen handler lift ±180°
2. Screen handler extension 800 mm
1 5
3. Screen handler tilt, up and down +150° and -20°
4. Screen handler swing ± 180° 2
4
5. Gripping forks For one sheet pick-up
5
3
MAIN DIMENSIONS
Total bolts assembled per shift
(for example)
800
Top view
450
1m
2 300
Bolts on wall
Bolts on wall
500
800
350 Total: 40 ... 45 bolts

and 6 screens
2)')$-%3(490%3
Welded Wire Mesh Expanded Metal Mesh
SANDVIK.COM
3!.$6)+3(̉3#2%%.(!.$,%2

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
8IGLRMGEP7TIGMJMGEXMSR

7ERHZMO6SGOFSPXMRK7]WXIQ1

7ERHZMOGSQTSRIRXW
Sandvik rockbolting system M (Mechanical bolt) is &SPXHMEQIXIV QQ

bolt type option on all bolters (DS300, DS400 and &SPXPIRKLX XSQQ
DS500 series). It’s for fully mechanized rock bolting.
8LVIEHWMÎ z92'
Once the hole drilled, the bolt is inserted in the hole 8LVIEH0IRKLX QQXSQQ
and depending on the exact type of mechanical bolt,
the following step is :
- for mechanical wedge bolt, firstthe drifter hits the
bolt to insure an anchor at the wedge area, then the
bolt nut is tighten with the drifter’s rotation to insure
immediate bolt tension and ground support.
- for mechanical expansion shell bolt, the nut bolt is
tightened with a dedicated rotary actuator. (RHR)
¨7ERHZMO1MRMRKERH'SRWXVYGXMSR
1/2

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP

Control Panel
Mechanical Bolt
RHR or Rock drill
' *
& % (
(MQIRWMSRW

6SGOFSPX8]TI %PPzFSPXW
%2SQMREP&EV7MÎ QQ
&,IEH%GVSWW*PEXW QQXSQQ
',IEH%GVSWW'SVRIV QQXSQQ

(,IEH,IMKLXQMR QQ
)8LVIEH7MÎ z92'
*8LVIEH0IRKXL QQQMRQQQE\
+&SPX0IRKXL QQ QQ QQ QQ
7ERHZMO1MRMRKERH'SRWXVYGXMSRVIWIVZIWXLIVMKLXXSGLERKIXLMWWTIGMJMGEXMSR[MXLSYXJYVXLIVRSXMGI
7ERHZMO1MRMRKERH'SRWXVYGXMSR3]
43&S\*-28EQTIVI*MRPERH 2/2
8IP*E\
QGWERHZMOGSQ

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP

7ERHZMO6SGOFSPXMRK7]WXIQ7

7ERHZMOGSQTSRIRXW
Sandvik rockbolting system S (Split set) is bolt type

option on all bolters (DS300, DS400 and DS500 &SVILSPIHMEQIXIV QQQQ
series). It’s for fully mechanized rock bolting. &SPXHMEQIXIV SVQQ
S-System is a bolting system with only 2 parts, a tube &SPXPIRKLX

XS
and matching domed bearing plate. The high

strength steel tube is slotted along its length. One
end is tapered for easy insertion into a drill hole and
the other has a welded ring flange to hold the bear-
ing plate.
With the bearing plate in place, the tube is driven

into a slightly smaller hole, using the rock drill
(H200, RD314, etc..) or impactor (HH200, etc...).
As the tube of the rock bolt slides into place, the full
length of the slot narrows, causing radial pressure to

be exerted against the rock over its full contact
length.
1/2

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP

Control Panel
Split set Bolt
Impactor or Rock drill
$ $

"

1 2
&% $ %2
! ' % !- !-
' !- !-
' 3 3
%2 !$$ . .

! $ 4 ! $ 4
,$ 5 $ 4 4

6 2 $ . ) . .

* *
7 $ * *
* *
#2 $ * * * *

! " #$ % $ $ $ $ 0 % % )

! " #$ % &'
()& * ) +,- . + 2/2
) / . +* /
)$ !)

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP

7ERHZMO6SGOFSPXMRK7]WXIQ;-

7ERHZMOGSQTSRIRXW
Sandvik rockbolting system WI (Water Inflated) is

bolt type option on all bolters (DS300, DS400 and ,SPIHMEQIXIV QQ
DS500 series). It’s for fully mechanized rock bolting. &SPXHMEQIXIV QQ
The installation of a Sandvik rockbolting system WI &SPXPIRKLX XSQQ

could not be easier. The bushing at the lower end of ;IMKLX XSOK
the bolt is inserted into the chuck of the installation
arm, which is connected to a high-pressure water
pump. The bolt is then inserted into the drill-hole
until the face plate hits the rock.
The pump is started using the trigger in the installa-

tion arm handle and the bolt starts to expand inside
the hole. On reaching a pressure of 300 bar the
pump stops automatically and installation is com-
plete.
1/2

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP

Control Panel
WI Bolt
2 ("

Mine water ("

network 2 /
HP Water pump / " # #
300 Bar
01 01- 01 01- 01. 01.-

#2 ""

$ #2 . . . . . .
& 3' 3'
#" 4 4 .4. .4. .4. .4.
5 2#"
6 6 . . . .
$ . . . .
+ + + + . + . +
# 7 7 7 7 7 7
% 7 7 7 7 7 7

!" # "" " " / # #

!" # $%
&'$ ( ' )*+ , ) 2/2
' - .. , )( - ..
'"'

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
SANDVIK
RESIN INJECTION SYSTEM
“IN THE HOLE”
APPLICATION 4%#(.)#!,$!4!̇45#"/,4).'(%!$̈
4HESYSTEMISANOPTIONALEQUIPMENTAVAILABLEONEVERY 4HISSYSTEMISAVAILABLEFORTHREEDIǅERENTSIZEOFCARTRIDGESON45#
ROCKREINFORCEMENTUNITUSING3ANDVIK45#AND3ANDVIK BOLTINGHEAD
"(BOLTINGHEADS 2ESINCARTRIDGEDIAMETER 23 mm 25 mm 28 mm
/NTHE3ANDVIK45#BOLTINGHEADTHESYSTEMCONSISTS .OMINALHOLEDIAMETER 33 mm 35 mm 38 mm
OFAMETALLICPIPETHATISINSERTEDOFABOUTMMOF -INIMUMHOLEDIAMETER 30 mm 32 mm 36 mm
DEPTHINTOTHEDRILLEDHOLE
/NTHE3ANDVIK"(BOLTINGHEADTHESYSTEMCONSISTS 4%#(.)#!,$!4!̇"("/,4).'(%!$̈
OFAPLASTICHOSETHATISINSERTEDOFABOUTMMOF 4HISSYSTEMISAVAILABLEFORONLYONESIZEOFCARTRIDGESON"(BOLTING
DEPTHINTOTHEDRILLEDHOLE HEAD
2ESINCARTRIDGEDIAMETER 23 mm 25 mm 28 mm
DESCRIPTION .OMINALHOLEDIAMETER 33 mm 35 mm 38 mm
4HEŝ)NTHE(OLEŞSYSTEMISDESIGNEDTOOVERCOMETHE -INIMUMHOLEDIAMETER 30 mm 33 mm 35 mm
RESINCARTRIDGESINJECTIONDIǈCULTIESDUETOTHESEVERE
ROOFCONDITIONS
7HENRESINBOLTSHAVETOBEINSTALLEDTHROUGHMULTIPLE
LAYERSOFMESHANDSHOTCRETEANDORINBADGROUND
CONDITIONSWHENTHEHOLECOLLARINGISFULLOFLOOSEROCKS
THISSYSTEMMAKESSURETHATTHERESINCARTRIDGESDONOT
GETDAMAGEDANDTHEYWILLARRIVEINTHEHOLEINONEPIECE
3!.$6)+2%3).).*%#4)/.3934%-̉ŝ).4(%(/,%Ş

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
1 2 3
/NCETHEHOLEISDRILLED(1)THE45 #FRONTHEADROTATES(2) CARTRIDGESFROMGETTINGDAMAGEDONTHEMESHESAND

ANDALIGNSTHERESINCARTRIDGEINJECTIONLINEWITHTHEHOLE SHOCRETEORLOOSEROCKS
!METALLICTUBEISTHENINSERTED(3)INTHEHOLEOF 4HECARTRIDGESCANBESHOOTEDINTHEHOLE
APPROXIMATELYMMOFDEPTHTHISWAYPROTECTINGTHE
Resin cartridges
Fibercrete
Wire mesh
Tube
&ORTHE"(BOLTINGHEADTHECONCEPTREMAINSTHESAME
EXCEPTTHATTHEWHOLE"(ROTATESTOANiINJECTIONy
POSITION/NCEALIGNEDWITHTHEHOLETHEPLASTICHOSEIS
INSERTEDINTHEHOLEOFABOUTMMOFDEPTH
3!.$6)+#/-
3!.$6)+2%3).).*%#4)/.3934%-̉ŝ).4(%(/,%Ş

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
BOLTING HEAD
OILER
APPLICATION TECHNICAL DATA

Bolting head oiler is a highly recommended option Intake pressure Min. 2.1 bar
when operating bulk cement bolting unit. It generates a Intake pressure Max. 7 bar
ǆLMOFOILTHATPROTECTTHEBOLTINGHEADFROMCEMENT Output pressure Max. 517 bar
OVERǇOWANDSPLASHING)TALSOPREVENTSITSELFFROM Delivery output 1 300 cm³/min
rusting. Delivery output 9 cm³/ cycle
Noise level, at 8 bar intake pressure < 85 dBA
DESCRIPTION
"EFOREBOLTINGTHEOPERATORWITHAHIGHPRESSUREPISTOL
SPRAYSAǆLMOFOILONTHEWHOLEBOLTINGHEAD
)MMEDIATELYAFTERǆNISHINGTHEBOLTINGOPERATIONSITIS
highly recommended to wash the bolting head to
REMOVETHECEMENTLYINGONTHEOILǆLM
This pneumatic system is working either on the mine air

network supply or on the on-board air compressor
supply.
On Sandvik DS411
1. SANDVIK BOLTING HEAD OILER

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
RECOMMENDED OPTIONS AIR OILER

4HEHIGHPRESSUREWASHINGSYSTEMGOESPERFECTLY Intake pressure, max. 17 bar
along with the bolt head oiler to guarantee an Temperature, max. 65° C
EVERLASTINGBOLTINGHEADBYWASHINGITREALLYEǅECTIVELY
LUBRICANT
AVAILABILITY SAE 10 type
Fully available on Sandvik DS311, DS311D, DS311DE, Oil recommended
(S.U.V. 150-200 SEC -100° F)
DS411, DS421, DS422i and DS511. Not heavier than SAE 40
Oil may be used
(S.U.V. 800 SEC-100° F.)
Container
Contains the oil to be sprayed on the bolting head.
!NYTYPEOFENGINELUBRICANTOILORHYDRAULICOILIS
convenient.
On Sandvik DS311
2. SANDVIK BOLTING HEAD OILER

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
GREASING SYSTEMS
5'̉$2),,3
Greasing systems are implemented to help the daily and TECHNICAL DATA
SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCEOFTHEDRILLINGUNIT2EGULAR Manual system with hand grease
Centralized greasing system
lubrication of implemented greasing points is essential pump (not supplied)
for reliable and troublefree operations of the drilling Greasing system Automatic system
mechanical components. Greasing reel with pump and
Manual system
nozzle
On our Sandvik underground machines we have four kinds Grease gun and cartridges Manual system
of greasing systems:
- Centralized greasing system
- Automatic greasing system
- Greasing reel with pump and nozzle
- Grease gun and cartridges
'2%!3).'3934%-3̉5'$2),,3

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
CENTRALIZED GREASING SYSTEM MAIN COMPONENTS

With centralized greasing system the lubrication points 1. Grease nipples and hoses
are grouped together for easy access. Carrier, boom and 2. Grease distributors
drilling module greasing points are grouped by areas. The 3. Hand grease pump (not supplied)
number of lubrication points varies between drilling unit
types.
Greasing is done manually with hand greasing pump or
by using the options described below. (Greasing reel with
pump and nozzle or grease gun and cartridge).
1. Grease nipples and hoses 2. Grease distributors 3. Hand grease pump

(not supplied)
AUTOMATIC GREASING SYSTEM MAIN COMPONENTS
With automatic greasing system the correct 1. Grease nipples with hoses
amount of grease is delivered automatically to the majority 2. Grease distributors
of lubrication points. 3. Lubrication pump unit
The lubrication interval can be adjusted from the central
greasing unit. System diagnostics monitor that greasing
cycle is done successfully.
1. Grease nipples 2. Grease distributors 3. Lubrication pump unit

with hoses
TECHNICAL DATA
Voltage 6$#
Interval between
4 min. / 15 hours
lube cycles (min. / max.)
Max. operating pressure 350 bar
Tank capacity 2 liters
'2%!3).'3934%-3̉5'$2),,3

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
GREASING REEL WITH PUMP AND NOZZLE MAIN COMPONENTS

Greasing reel with pump and nozzle enables the operator 1. Grease pump with tank
to manually lubricate the needed locations. 2. Hose reel
The lubrication hose extends around the whole drilling unit. 3. Handset
Operator manually controls the amount of grease to be
injected with the trigger of the nozzle. The pump works
with compressed air.
1. Grease pump with tank 1. Grease pump with tank

(22 liters) (14 liters)
2. Hoses reel 3. Handset
TECHNICAL DATA
Air input 2 to 10 bar
Max. operating pressure 500 bar
Tank capacity 14 liters or 22 liters
Hose reel capacity 15 m
Hose reel weight 15 kg
'2%!3).'3934%-3̉5'$2),,3

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
GREASE GUN AND CARTRIDGE MAIN COMPONENTS

The grease gun and cartridge system includes a variable 1. Air grease gun
SPEEDTRIGGERTHATALLOWSEXCELLENTGREASEǇOWCONTROL 2. Grease cartridge
3. Hose with coupler
The gun is automatic, with an accessible check valve 4. Male air nipple
ASSEMBLYFORASUPERIORǇOWPERFORMANCE "RACKETS
6. Air hose reel
The grease gun and cartridge system are powered by 7. Service manual
compressed air from the onboard air compressor.
1 5
43 %.'-%42)#g3ANDVIK-INING3!.$6)+ISAREGISTEREDTRADEMARKOWNEDBY3ANDVIK)NTELLECTUAL0ROPERTY!"IN3WEDENANDOTHERCOUNTRIES
4
2
3
TECHNICAL DATA
Air input 2.7 to 10 bar 6. Air hose reel
Max. operating pressure 400 bar with hose
Cartridge capacity 0.41 liters
Hose reel capacity 15 m
Hose reel weight 15 kg
Weight (without hose reel) 2.5 kg
3ANDVIK#ONSTRUCTIONRESERVESTHERIGHTTOMAKECHANGESTOTHEINFORMATIONONTHISDATASHEETWITHOUTPRIORNOTIǆCATIONTOUSERS
2/#+4%#(./,/'93!.$6)+
'2%!3).'3934%-3̉5'$2),,3

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
FLUSHING SYSTEM
''Ǭ'66(5,(6
)OXVKLQJLVQHHGHGRQDGULOOULJIRUUHPRYLQJWKHFXWWLQJ BENEFITS
JHQHUDWHGE\WKHGULOOELWV$SURSHUUHPRYDORIFXWWLQJVLV
Mine network
RQHNH\SDUDPHWHUIRUPD[LPL]HGGULOOLQJVSHHG Water supply Water tank (optional)
7ZRPDLQPHGLDVDUHXVHGIRUưXVKLQJRQXQGHUJURXQG No water supply
GULOOULJVDLUDQGZDWHU:DWHULVWKHVWDQGDUGPHGLDXVHG
IRUưXVKLQJERUHKROHV:KHQZDWHULVUDUHH[SHQVLYHRU
Mine network (IP5 optional)
$LUVXSSO\IRUưXVKLQJ On board air receivers and / or
PLVVLQJDLUPLVWRUGU\GULOOLQJFDQEHXVHG CTN16, CT28 air compressor
:KHQPLQHDLUQHWZRUNLVQRWDYDLODEOHRQERDUG
FRPSUHVVHGDLUPLJKWEHQHHGHG
,QDGGLWLRQWRGULOOLQJZDWHULVXVHGIRUFRROLQJK\GUDXOLFV
DQGDLUWROXEULFDWHWKHGULIWHUV:KHQZDWHULVQRWDYDLODEOH
SURSHUDLURLOFRROLQJLVQHHGHG
)/86+,1*6<67(0ǫ''Ǭ'66(5,(6

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Package for External air / on board water
&71DLUFRPSUHVVRU ,3DLUFOHDQHU :DWHUWDQN &DWSXPS
Package for on board air / on board water
&71DLUFRPSUHVVRU [OLWHUVDLUUHFHLYHUV :DWHUWDQN &DWSXPS

(CTN16 air compressor)
&7DLUFRPSUHVVRU [OLWHUVDLUUHFHLYHU
(CT28 air compressor)
'5<'5,//,1*6<67(0
:KHUHWKHURFNFKDUDFWHULVWLFRUPLQLQJHQYLURQPHQWGRHVQRWSHUPLWWKHXVHRIZDWHUIRUưXVKLQJ6$1'9,.SURSRVHVDSDFNDJHIRUGU\
GULOOLQJZLWKDLULQFOXGLQJDGXVWFROOHFWRUWRNHHSFOHDQHQYLURQPHQWGXULQJWKHGULOOLQJSKDVH
1RPRGLƮFDWLRQRIWKHVWDQGDUGWXUQLQJUDGLXVRQ'''6VHULHV
7 450 3 360 38°
)/86+,1*6<67(0ǫ''Ǭ'66(5,(6

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
0ACKAGEFOR%XTERNALAIRONBOARDWATER
#4.AIRCOMPRESSOR )0AIRCLEANER 7ATERTANK
0ACKAGEFOR/NBOARDAIRONBOARDWATER
#4.AIRCOMPRESSOR XLITERSAIRRECEIVERS 7ATERTANK
$29$2),,).'3934%-
7HERETHEROCKCHARACTERISTICORMININGENVIRONMENTDOESNOTPERMITTHEUSEOFWATERFORǇUSHING3!.$6)+PROPOSESONEPACKAGETODRILL
WITHDUSTCOLLECTORTOKEEPACLEANAIRDURINGTHEDRILLINGPHASE4HISPACKAGEISUNAVAILABLEWITHSAFETYCANOPYOPTION
.OMODIǆCATIONOFTHESTANDARDTURNINGRADIUSON$$$3SERIES
7 450 3 360 38°
&,53().'3934%-̉&/2$$!.$$33%2)%3

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
'''(
'6'(
'''
'6'
''
'6
$9$,/$%,/,7<2)$,50,67)/86+,1*3$&.$*(6
External air / external water

([WHUQDODLUVXSSO\,3DLUFOHDQHUZLWKVWDQGDUGFRPSUHVVRU&71PPLQDWEDU Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
([WHUQDOZDWHU:DWHUYDOYHZLWKVWDQGDUGZDWHUSXPS:%3DQGVWDQGDUG2:ZDWHURLOFRROHU
On board air / external water

2QERDUGDLUVXSSO\[OLWHUVDLUUHFHLYHUV&7DLUFRPSUHVVRUPPLQDWEDU Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
2QERDUGDLUVXSSO\[OLWHUVDLUUHFHLYHUV&71DLUFRPSUHVVRUPPLQDWEDU Ɣ Ɣ
([WHUQDOZDWHU:DWHUYDOYHZLWKVWDQGDUGZDWHUSXPS:%3DQGVWDQGDUG2:ZDWHURLOFRROHU Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
External air / on board water
76(1*0(75,&6DQGYLN0LQLQJDQG5RFN6ROXWLRQV6$1'9,.LVDUHJLVWHUHGWUDGHPDUNRZQHGE\6DQGYLN,QWHOOHFWXDO3URSHUW\$%LQ6ZHGHQDQGRWKHUFRXQWULHV
([WHUQDODLUVXSSO\,3DLUFOHDQHUZLWKVWDQGDUGFRPSUHVVRU&71PPLQDWEDU
2QERDUGZDWHUVXSSO\$LUPLVWưXVKLQJYDOYHV+LJKSUHVVXUHZDWHUSXPSDQGưRZ&DW
Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
:DWHUưRZFRQWUROOHUOPLQ$GGLWLRQDOZDWHUưRZFRQWUROOHUIRUH[WUHPHO\ZDWHUVHQVLWLYHURFNW\SHV
OPLQZDWHUWDQNOLWHUVIRU(YHUVLRQOLWHUVIRU'YHUVLRQOLWHUVIRU'(YHUVLRQ
2$DLURLOFRROHULQVWHDGRIVWDQGDUG2:ZDWHURLOFRROHU1RWH:DWHUKRVHUHHOQRWDYDLODEOH
Onboard air and on board water

2QERDUGDLUVXSSO\[OLWHUVDLUUHFHLYHUV&7DLUFRPSUHVVRUPPLQDWEDU Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
2QERDUGDLUVXSSO\[OLWHUVDLUUHFHLYHUV&71DLUFRPSUHVVRUPPLQDWEDU Ɣ Ɣ
2QERDUGZDWHUVXSSO\$LUPLVWưXVKLQJYDOYHV+LJKSUHVVXUHZDWHUSXPSDQGưRZ&DW Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
:DWHUưRZFRQWUROOHUOPLQ$GGLWLRQDOZDWHUưRZFRQWUROOHUIRUH[WUHPHO\ZDWHUVHQVLWLYHURFNW\SHV
OPLQZDWHUWDQNOLWHUVIRU(YHUVLRQOLWHUVIRU'YHUVLRQOLWHUVIRU'(YHUVLRQ
2$DLURLOFRROHULQVWHDGRIVWDQGDUG2:ZDWHURLOFRROHU1RWH:DWHUKRVHUHHOQRWDYDLODEOH
'U\GULOOLQJ
On board air / No water / No water tank on board
2QERDUGDLUVXSSO\&7DLUFRPSUHVVRUPPLQ
,OPHJ[)LOWHUDUHDP
1XPEHURIƮOWHU
:LGWK[GHSWK[KHLJKW[[ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
$SSUR[ZHLJKWNJ
)LOWHUFOHDQLQJV\VWHP5HYHUVHGDLUWKURXJKƮOWHUVLQVHTXHQFHVZKLOHGULOOLQJ
5HFZRUNLQJSUHVVXUHEDUSVL
6XFWLRQKHDGDQGKRVHµq
1RWH1RWFRPSDWLEOHZLWKZDWHUWDQNRQERDUG
6DQGYLN0LQLQJDQG5RFN6ROXWLRQVUHVHUYHVWKHULJKWWRPDNHFKDQJHVWRWKHLQIRUPDWLRQRQWKLVGDWDVKHHWZLWKRXWSULRUQRWLƮFDWLRQWRXVHUV
3OHDVHFRQWDFWD6DQGYLNUHSUHVHQWDWLYHIRUFODULƮFDWLRQRQVSHFLƮFDWLRQVDQGRSWLRQV
52&.7(&+12/2*<6$1'9,.
)/86+,1*6<67(0ǫ''Ǭ'66(5,(6

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
SANDVIK
COUNTRY PACKAGE
̉#,!33
The option package US / Canada is a list of options to

improve the standard machine with NC5 carrier.
$$SERIES$3SERIES$,SERIES COUNTRY PACKAGE
This package is created to meet the requirements of US /
US / CANADA
Canada standards and the needs of our customers in this
region.
Availability
The availability of options also depends of the drilling energy
used in the machine.
Ţ%VERSION%LECTRIC
Ţ$VERSION$IESEL
Ţ$%VERSION$IESELOR%LECTRIC
3!.$6)+#/5.4290!#+!'%53̊#!.!$!̉#,!33

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
AIR AND WATER SYSTEM 'REASINGPUMPREELANDNOZZLE

Ţ0ROPERLYGREASEDUNITWILLBEWORKINGLONGERANDEǈCIENTLYAND
Air cleaner IP5 for mine air connection operate less expensively. This option provides the operator a con-
VENIENTERGONOMICANDQUICKTOOLTOOPERATE&ORMOREDETAILSSEE
Ţ4HEMACHINEISREADYTOWORKWITHMINEAIRSUPPLYWHENEVER TECHNICALSPECIǆCATION
AVAILABLE4HEAIRLINEISEQUIPPEDWITHAPREǆLTERTOREMOVEMOSTOF
THEWATERANDBIGGESTPARTICLES5SINGMINEAIRTOǇUSHANDCLEANTHE
holes instead of the onboard compressor will decrease the machine Greaseable carrier hinges on the openable covers and doors except
operating costs by extending the lifetime of the compressor. He will drilling control panel doors
be used for shank lubrication only. Ţ'REASEABLECARRIERHINGESOPTIONPROVIDESAFASTANDCONSTANT
access to the most important components for adjustments and/or
!UTOMATICAIRǇUSHINGONROCKDRILLRETURN maintenance thus increasing the unit turnaround time and availability.
Ţ4HISOPTIONALLOWSTHEFACETOBEDRILLEDFASTER4HEHOLESARE
CLEANEDMOREEǈCIENTLYANDCONSTANTLYFROMTHEBLASTWITHOUTANY Wing head screws on the openable covers and doors
required particular action from the operator. Ţ4HISOPTIONPROVIDESAFASTANDCONSTANTACCESSTOTHEMOST
important components for adjustments and/or maintenance thus
Air / Water hose hooks increasing the unit turnaround time and availability.
Ţ!IRANDWATERHOSEHOOKSBUILTONTHEMACHINEOǅERASAFECARRY-
ing of the hoses when the water and air supply lines are necessary to #ENTRALARTICULATIONLOCKINGBARPAINTEDRED
be connected to the machine. Ţ"EINGPAINTEDWITHAVISIBLECOLORANYONECANATAGLANCECHECKIF
the central articulation is locked or not.
CARRIER
Hand pump for brake release
$EUTZ4#$ENGINEK74IER3TAGE)))!FOR%VERSION Ţ(ANDPUMPFORTHEBRAKERELEASEOPTIONPROVIDESAFASTMEANTO
$EUTZ4#$ENGINEK74IER3TAGE)))!FOR$OR$%VERSION the mining production departments to tow the down units out from
Ţ-OREPOWERFULENGINEMAKESTHEMACHINETOTRAVELFASTERFROMTHE the active working places and quickly replace with a new unit and
WORKPLACETOANOTHERESPECIALLYWHENDRIVINGONTHERAMPS continue the procedure. Additionally this enhances the safety but it is
not necessary to do any direct action on the axles braking cylinders.
Engine with thermal insulation for turbo and exhaust system

(YDRAULICǆLLERCAPSPAINTEDRED
Ţ4HERMALINSULATIONBRINGSTHESURFACETEMPERATUREBELOWn
#4HISOPTIONCOMBINEDWITHTHESTANDARDMETALLICǆREWALLFEATURE Ţ4HEHYDRAULICǆLLERCAPSAREIDENTIǆEDBYADIǅERENTCOLOURWHICH
REDUCESTHEǆREHAZARDSONTHEMACHINE reduces mistakes to minimum and allows quicker and safer pit stops.
2EQUIREDBY#3! -STANDARD
)$PLATEOFFRONTANDREARCHASSISWEIGHT
%NGLISHLABELLINGONTHEOILANDFUELǆLLINGPOINTSWITHRECOMMENDED
WITHOUTANYCOMPONENTSON DIESELENGINEAXLES oil type
Ţ%SPECIALLYCONVENIENTINCASEADISASSEMBLYOFTHEUNITISNECES-
sary to be remove underground.
,ABELSINTHEOPERATORSTATIONFOR!,,MACHINEǆLTERSWITH)$PART
numbers
%LECTRICǆLLINGPUMPDRILLINGHYDRAULICTANK Ţ4HOSELABELSWILLASSISTMAINTENANCETODETERMINEWHICHTYPEOF
Ţ%LECTRICǆLLINGPUMPOPTIONPROVIDESAQUICKERGONOMICANDCON- OILORǆLTERSTHEEQUIPMENTREQUIRESSAVINGTHEIRTIMEANDRELEASING
VENIENTWAYFORTHEOPERATORANDMAINTENANCECREWTOǆLLHUNDREDS the unit to the production faster.
liters of oil necessary for the machine to operate correctly.
Necessary technical documentation:

2ODRACKSON$$ 3PAREPARTSMANUALSPAPERSET
Ţ2ODRACKSON$$OPTIONPROVIDESTHEEQUIPMENTWITHMEANSTO 3ERVICEMANUALS/PERATORśSMANUALSPAPERSET
carry its own necessary rock tools and consumable.
#$ 2/-0$&ǆLES
1 CAT-base manual
7HEELCHOCKSHOLDERWITHBRACKETSPCS
Ţ7HEELCHOCKSHOLDERWITHBRACKETSOPTIONENABLESTHEOPERATORTO
make sure the machine. $OCUMENTBOX
ŢOperators have often documents to carry like drilling plans. This
BOXWILLPROTECTEǈCIENTLYTHOSEIMPORTANTDOCUMENTS
'REASINGGUNCARTRIDGEANDAIRHOSEREEL
Ţ'REASINGGUNCARTRIDGEANDAIRHOSEREELOPTIONPROVIDESA
CONVENIENTERGONOMICANDQUICKTOOLFORTHEOPERATORTOCORRECTLY Plastic hydraulic and electrical drawings sealed
GREASETHEMACHINESOTHATTHEMACHINEOPERATESMOREEǈCIENTLY Ţ4HISONEUNIQUESMALLOPTIONHASGOTTWOBIGBENEǆTS
and longer. - It allows the mechanics and / or the electricians to troubleshoot the
equipment with the operator himself with a two-way radio.
- It is freeing the mechanic / electricians from carrying along the
SCHEMATICSDRAWING4HEMAINTENANCECREWBEINGSURETHATTHE
DOCUMENTATIONISONTHEBOARDWILLBEABLETOCOMEDIRECTLYTOTHE
EQUIPMENTTOBEǆXEDFROMANYWHEREONTHEPROPERTYTHUSHAVING
the unit quicker back to the production.
3!.$6)+#/5.4290!#+!'%53̊#!.!$!̉#,!33

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
ELECTRIC SYSTEM PRODUCT SAFETY
UL/CSA compliant electrical system !"!"RAKE

Ţ4HISSTATEMENTINSURESCOMPLIANCETOTHEMACHINE#3!30% Ţ4HISOPTIONASREQUIREDBY#3! -STANDARDISAPOSITIVE
#3! -#3!# FORTHEWHOLEMACHINEELECTRICAL SAFETYFEATUREWHICHDETECTSANDSECURESTHATTHEBRAKESYSTEMOFTHE
equipment works continuously. The system automatically applies the
SYSTEMINCLUDINGTHEMAINELECTRICALCABINETMOTORSANDWIRING emergency brakes when the operator has received a warning of the
detected failure.
All wiring ends labelled with PARTEX marking. The system consists of:
Ţ4HEELECTRICWIRESIDENTIǆCATIONTAGCONSTANTLYHELPSTHEELECTRICAL %LECTRICALEMERGENCYSTOPUSEDASANEMERGENCYPARKBUTTON
maintenance and troubleshooting of the equipment. /NEORTWOHYDRAULICVALVESDEPENDINGONTHEPRODUCTMODEL
- Four pressure switches.
!MBERSTROBELIGHT,%$ Way of working:
Ţ7HERETHEEQUIPMENTISSAFELYPARKEDTHEAMBERSTROBELIGHT - The brakes are applied when the valves are not supplied with power.
INDICATESTHEACTUALPRESENCEANDPOSITIONOFTHEEQUIPMENTWHICH
reduces the collision risks. - Pull and hold the stop button for a second to release the brakes.
- The service and emergency brake pressures are monitored with the
pressure switches.
!LLWIRINGINTHEENGINECOMPARTMENTSHEAVEDWITHǆREPROOFCOVER
- The audible and visual alarms go on when the emergency brake
Ţ4HEENGINECOMPARTMENTBEINGAHOTPOINTANDONEOFTHEMAIN pressure goes below 15 bar and service brake pressure below 110
SOURCEOFǆRETHEELECTRICWIRESRECEIVEANEXTRAPROTECTIONAGAINST bar.
ǆREASREQUIREDINBOTH#ANADIAN#3! -AND!USTRALIAN-$'
15 standards. - The brakes are applied when the emergency brake pressure goes
BELOWBARANDSERVICEBRAKEPRESSUREBELOWBAR
"ATTERYJUMPSTART#!4JUMPSTART SYSTEM
Hoist brackets painted red
Ţ4HISSYSTEMPROVIDESTHEUNITWITHASAFEANDQUICKMEANTO
receive battery power from another unit in case its own batteries are Red colour helps to identify the correct slinging points to be used on
empty. the equipment.
2EǇECTIVETAPEBOTHENDSOFTHEMACHINECMp
!SREQUIREDBYTHE#ANADIANSTANDARDS#3! -THEUNITIS
PROVIDEDWITHREǇECTIVETAPESTOBEEASILYVISIBLEEVENIFTHEMACHINE
stands in the dark with no lights on.
3!.$6)+#/5.4290!#+!'%53̊#!.!$!̉#,!33
ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
$$$%
$3$%
$$$
$3$
$$
$,
$,
$3
$,
!6!),!"),)49

Air cleaner IP5 for mine air net connection Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
!UTOMATICAIRǇUSHINGONROCKDRILLRETURN Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Air / Water hose hooks Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Carrier
$EUTZ4#$ENGINEK74IER3TAGE)))!FOR%VERSIONONLY Ɣ Ɣ ż ż ż
$EUTZ4#$ENGINEK74IER3TAGE)))!FOR$AND$%VERSIONONLY Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Engine with thermal insulation of turbo and exhaust system Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
)$PLATEFORWEIGHTOFFRONTANDREARCHASSISDIESELENGINEAXLES Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
%LECTRICǆLLINGPUMPDRILLINGHYDRAULICTANK Ɣ ż ż Ɣ ż ż ż ż ż
Rod racks Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
7HEELCHOCKSHOLDERWITHBRACKETSPCS Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
'REASINGGUNCARTRIDGEANDAIRHOSEREEL Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
'REASINGPUMPREELANDNOZZLE Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
'REASABLECARRIERHINGES!LLEXCEPTDRILLINGCONTROLPANEL Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Wing head screws on all openable covers and doors Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Central articulation locking bar painted red Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Hand pump for brake release Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ ż ż ż
(YDRAULICǆLLERCAPSPAINTEDRED Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
%NGLISHLABELLINGONOILANDFUELǆLLINGPOINTSWITHRECOMMENDEDOILTYPE Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
,ABELSINTHEOPERATORSTATIONFORALLMACHINEǆLTERSWITH)$PARTNUMBERSANDLOCATION Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Necessary technical documentation Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
$OCUMENTBOX Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Plastic hydraulic and electrical drawings sealed Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Electric system
UL / CSA compliant electrical system Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
All wiring ends labelled with PARTEX marking Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
!MBERSTROBELIGHT,%$ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
!LLWIRINGINTHEENGINECOMPARTMENTSHEAVEDWITHAǆREPROOFCOVER Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
"ATTERYJUMPSTART#!4JUMPSTART SYSTEM Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Product safety
!"!BRAKES Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Hoist bracket painted red Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
2EǇECTIVETAPEBOTHENDSOFTHEMACHINE Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Ɣ/PTIONINCLUDEDWITHTHISPACKAGE
ż ,QFOXGHGLQVWDQGDUGXQLW
3ANDVIK-ININGRESERVESTHERIGHTTOMAKECHANGESTOTHEINFORMATIONONTHISDATASHEETWITHOUTPRIORNOTIǆCATIONTOUSERS0LEASECONTACTA
3ANDVIKREPRESENTATIVEFORCLARIǆCATIONONSPECIǆCATIONSANDOPTIONS
-).).'3!.$6)+#/-
3!.$6)+#/5.4290!#+!'%53̊#!.!$!̉#,!33

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
COUNTRY PACKAGE
̉#,!33
Sandvik country packages are designed for meeting

MARKETAREASPECIǆCREQUIREMENTSCONCERNINGDRILLING
performance, maintenance and product safety. The COUNTRY PACKAGE
contents of the packages vary depending on site
CONDITIONSANDELECTRICALREQUIREMENTSANDTHEPACKAGES LATIN AMERICA
are delivered as fully assembled on the units, ready for
operation at the mine site. Sandvik country packages
ENHANCECOMMUNALITYOFSPECIǆCATIONSINTHEMARKET Availability
which increases cross training abilities, reduces training The availability of the options depends also on the drilling energy
ANDPARTSINVENTORYREQUIREMENTS used on the machine.
4HE,ATIN!MERICAPACKAGEOǅERSATELESCOPICFEEDAND Ţ%VERSION%LECTRIC
NV boom for multi-directional drilling and development Ţ$VERSION$IESEL
DRILLSJUMBO4HISOǅERSMULTI DRILLINGAPPLICATIONSWITH Ţ$%VERSION$IESELOR%LECTRIC
the same unit. The double air receivers enhance the air
ǇUSHINGFUNCTIONAFTERCOMPLETINGTHEHOLETHEJUMBO
AUTOMATICALLYSTOPSWATERǇUSHINGANDMAKESTHEHOLE
CLEANINGWITHEǈCIENTAIRǇUSHINGWHICHALLOWSAGOOD
QUALITYOFTHEHOLEFORSAFEANDPRODUCTIVECHARGING4HE
dual bolting function for split set and cement cartridge
allows versatile task and increases the utilization rate
for the bolter. And the extra storage at the rear of the
chassis for the cartridge enhances bolting autonomy and
improves the bolting productivity.
3!.$6)+#/5.4290!#+!'%,!-̉#,!33

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Air and water system Carrier
$OUBLEǇUSHINGWITHXLITERSAIRRECEIVERS $IESEL$EUTZ4#$ENGINEK74IER3TAGE)))!

FOR%VERSIONONLY
Ţ4HEDOUBLEǇUSHINGOPTIONREPLACESAUTOMATICALLYTHEWATER
ǇUSHINGBYTHEAIRǇUSHINGTOCLEANANDDRYTHEHOLEWHENTHEROCK Ţ0ROVIDEDWITHTHISMOREPOWERFULENGINETHEEQUIPMENTISTRAVEL-
drill returns to its initial position. ling faster from a work place to another, especially when ramps shall
be driven.
Complete spare wheel.

#4INSTEADOF#4.AIRCOMPRESSORFOR%VERSIONONLY Ţ!NADDITIONALCOMPLETESPAREWHEELISINCLUDEDINTHISPACKAGE
Ţ4HE#4.AIRCOMPRESSORWILLBEREPLACEDBYTHE#4WITH
HIGHERAIRǇOWMqMIN
Fuel preheating on diesel engine

Ţ!6HEATINGRESISTANCEISINTEGRATEDINTHEFUELǆLTRATIONASSEM-
bly. To ease starting of the engine under low temperatures.
Bolting system $3ONLY
Bolting head for Split Set and cement cartridge. High water pressure cleaning pump with reel
Ţ!CCORDINGTO Ţ(IGHPRESSUREWATERPUMPBAR
"OLTLENGTH FEET-EX FEET0ERU Ţ(ANDSETWITHASPRAYINGNOZZLE
"OLTDIAMETER 2EBARśś MM Ţ7ATERHOSEREELM
Split Set 39 mm Ţ!STHEBOLTINGHEADEǈCIENCYISREALLYDEPENDINGONTHEMAINTE-
NANCEANDCLEANINGQUALITYLEVELTHISOPTIONPROVIDESTHERIGHTTOOLTO
#EMENTCARTRIDGE $IAMMLENGTHMM
perform a proper cleaning.
0LATESIZE śśXśśXMM
"OLTSCREWTYPE (EXMMONǇAT
"ITSIZE &ROMśśTOśś
(OLEDIA TOMM
3!.$6)+#/5.4290!#+!'%,!-̉#,!33

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
Extra storage on rear carrier for cartridges Electric system

Ţ4HISOPTIONALFEATUREPROVIDESTHEOPERATORANEXTRAFUNCTIONAL
storage for cartridges that will extend bolting autonomy of the ma- 2EADINESSFORDUALVOLTAGEANDDUALFREQUENCY
chine.
Ţ4HEMACHINEISABLETOWORKEITHERON6(ZOR6(Z
.OTE)FYOUHAVESELECTEDWATERHOSEREELTHESTORAGEBOXISNOT electric reticulation.
delivered.
Electric cables
Electric cable PUR

Ţ%LECTRICCABLE052XXMMpMFOR6
Ţ%LECTRICCABLE052XXMMpMFOR6
Drilling
2EADINESSFOR3ANDVIK4&8TELESCOPICFEED
Ţ4HISOPTIONCONSISTSOFEXTRAHOSESTHATAREROUTEDINTHEBOOM
4HISWILLEASETHEJOBINCASEA4&8WOULDHAVETOBEǆTTEDONTOTHE
machine.
3ANDVIK3".6INSTEADOF3ANDVIK3"
Ţ4HEBOOM3ANDVIK3"WILLBEREPLACEDBYTHE3ANDVIK3".6
with a double roll-over for cross cut and bolt hole drilling applications.
SPECIǆCATION
3!.$6)+#/5.4290!#+!'%,!-̉#,!33

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
$$$%
$3$%
$$$
$3$
$$
$,
$,
$3
$,
AVAILABILITY

$OUBLEǇUSHINGWITHXLITERSAIRRECEIVERS Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
#4INSTEADOF#4.AIRCOMPRESSORFOR%VERSIONONLY Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Bolting system
Bolting head for Split Set and cement cartridges Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Carrier
$EUTZ4#$ENGINEK74IER3TAGE)))!FOR$AND$%VERSIONONLY Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Complete spare wheel
Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
.EEDTOBEMOUNTEDONTHEMACHINEFORDELIVERIESTO!RGENTINA
Fuel preheating on diesel engine Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ

(IGHWATERPRESSURECLEANINGPUMPWITHREEL-AXBAR Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Extra storage on rear chassis for cartridges
Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
)FYOUHAVESELECTEDWATERHOSEREELTHESTORAGEBOXISNOTDELIVERED
Drilling system
2EADINESSFOR3ANDVIK4&8TELESCOPICFEED Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
3ANDVIK3".6BOOMINSTEADOF3ANDVIK3"BOOM Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Electric system
2EADINESSFORDUALVOLTAGEANDDUALFREQUENCY Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Electric cables
Electric cable PUR Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
ż ,QFOXGHGLQVWDQGDUGXQLW
3!.$6)+#/-
3!.$6)+#/5.4290!#+!'%,!-̉#,!33

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
SANDVIK
COUNTRY PACKAGE
̉#,!33
The option package Australia is a list of options to improve

the standard machine with NC5 carrier
$$SERIES$3SERIES$,SERIES COUNTRY PACKAGE
This package is created to meet the requirements of AUSTRALIA
Australian standards and needs of our customers in this
region.
Availability
The availability of options also depends on the drilling energy used
on the machine.
Ţ%VERSION%LECTRIC
Ţ$VERSION$IESEL
Ţ$%VERSION$IESELOR%LECTRIC
3!.$6)+#/5.4290!#+!'%!5342!,)!̉#,!33

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
AIR AND WATER SYSTEM 'REASINGPUMPREELANDNOZZLE

Ţ0ROPERLYGREASEDUNITWILLBEWORKINGLONGERANDEǈCIENTLYAND
Air cleaner IP5 for mine air connection operate less expensively. This option provides the operator a con-
VENIENTERGONOMICANDQUICKTOOLTOOPERATE&ORMOREDETAILSSEE
Ţ4HEMACHINEISREADYTOWORKWITHMINEAIRSUPPLYWHENEVER TECHNICALSPECIǆCATION
AVAILABLE4HEAIRLINEISEQUIPPEDWITHAPREǆLTERTOREMOVEMOSTOF
WATERANDBIGGESTPARTICLES5SINGMINEAIRTOǇUSHANDCLEANTHE
holes instead of the onboard compressor will decrease the machine Greaseable carrier hinges on the openable covers and doors except
operating costs by extending the lifetime of the compressor. it will be drilling control panel doors
used for shank lubrication only. Ţ'REASEABLECARRIERHINGESOPTIONPROVIDESAFASTANDCONSTANT
access to the most important components for adjustments and/or
!UTOMATICAIRǇUSHINGONTHEROCKDRILLRETURN maintenance thus increasing the unit turnaround time and availability.
Ţ4HISOPTIONALLOWSTHEFACETOBEDRILLEDFASTER4HEHOLESARE
CLEANEDMOREEǈCIENTLYANDCONSTANTLYFROMTHEBLASTWITHOUTANY 7INGHEADSCREWSONTHEOPENABLECOVERSANDDOORS
required particular action from the operator. Ţ4HISOPTIONPROVIDESAFASTANDCONSTANTACCESSTOTHEMOST
important components for adjustments and/or maintenance thus
Air / water hose hooks increasing the unit turnaround time and availability.
Ţ!IRANDWATERHOSEHOOKSBUILTONTHEMACHINEOǅERASAFECARRY-
ing of the hoses when the water and air supply lines are necessary to #ENTRALARTICULATIONLOCKINGBARPAINTEDRED
be connected to the machine.
Ţ"EINGPAINTEDWITHAVISIBLECOLORANYONECANATAGLANCECHECKIF
the central articulation is locked or not.
CARRIER
Hand pump for brake release
$EUTZ4#$ENGINEK74IER3TAGE)))!FOR%VERSION Ţ(ANDPUMPFORBRAKERELEASEOPTIONPROVIDESAFASTMEANTOTHE
$EUTZ4#$ENGINEK74IER3TAGE)))!FOR$OR$%VERSION mining production departments to tow the down units out from the
Ţ-OREPOWERFULENGINEMAKESTHEMACHINETOTRAVELFASTERFROMTHE active working places and quickly replace with a new unit and contin-
WORKPLACETOANOTHERESPECIALLYWHENDRIVINGONTHERAMPS ue the procedure. Additionally this enhances the safety but it is not
necessary to do any direct action on the axles braking cylinders.
Engine with thermal insulation of turbo and exhaust system

Ţ4HERMALINSULATIONBRINGSTHESURFACETEMPERATUREBELOWn (YDRAULICǆLLERCAPSPAINTEDRED
#4HISOPTIONCOMBINEDWITHTHESTANDARDMETALLICǆREWALLFEATURE Ţ4HEHYDRAULICǆLLERCAPSAREIDENTIǆEDBYADIǅERENTCOLOURWHICH
REDUCESTHEǆREHAZARDSONTHEMACHINE reduces the mistakes to minimum and allows quicker and safer pit
STOPS2EQUIREDBY#3! -STANDARD
)$PLATEFORWEIGHTOFFRONTANDREARCHASSIS &3ǆREEXTINGUISHINGSYSTEMNOTCOMPATIBLEWITHWATERHOSEREEL
WITHOUTANYCOMPONENTSON $IESELENGINEAXLES Ţ&3ISAǆXEDǆRESUPPRESSIONSYSTEMFORDRILLINGJUMBOAND
Ţ%SPECIALLYCONVENIENTINCASEADISASSEMBLYOFTHEUNITISNECES- equipment. The primary function of this system is to protect the
sary to bring underground. OPERATOR4HESYSTEMISPRE ENGINEEREDSELF CONTAINEDANDREQUIRES
NOELECTRICALPNEUMATICORGASCARTRIDGEACTIVATIONDEVICES
%LECTRICǆLLINGPUMPDRILLINGHYDRAULICTANK
%NGLISHLABELLINGONTHEOILANDFUELǆLLINGPOINTSWITHRECOMMENDED
Ţ%LECTRICǆLLINGPUMPOPTIONPROVIDESAQUICKERGONOMICANDCON-
oil type
VENIENTWAYFORTHEOPERATORANDMAINTENANCECREWTOǆLLHUNDREDS
liters of oil necessary for the machine to operate correctly.
,ABELINTHEOPERATORSTATIONFOR!,,MACHINEǆLTERSWITH)$PART
numbers
2ODRACKSON$$ Ţ4HOSELABELSWILLASSISTMAINTENANCETODETERMINEWHICHTYPEOF
Ţ2ODRACKSOPTIONPROVIDESTHEEQUIPMENTWITHMEANSTOCARRYITS OILORǆLTERSTHEEQUIPMENTREQUIRESSAVINGTHEIRTIMEANDRELEASING
own necessary rock tools and consumable. the unit to the production faster.
7HEELCHOCKSHOLDERWITHBRACKETSPCS Necessary technical documentation:

Ţ7HEELCHOCKSHOLDERWITHBRACKETSOPTIONENABLESTHEOPERATORTO 3PAREPARTSMANUALSPAPERSET
make sure the machine. 3ERVICEMANUALSOPERATORśSMANUALSPAPERSET
#$ 2/-0$&ǆLES
1 CAT base manual
T back seat
Ţ4BACKSEATOǅERSASHOULDERRESTFORTHEOPERATORTOINCREASE
THECOMFORT4HEBACKSIDEOFTHESEATIS4SHAPEWHICHGIVESMORE $OCUMENTBOX
space for the rescuer and battery of the light that every single miner Operators have often documents to carry like drilling plans. This box
carries. WILLPROTECTEǈCIENTLYTHOSEIMPORTANTDOCUMENTS
'REASINGGUNCARTRIDGEANDAIRHOSEREEL Plastic hydraulic and electrical drawings sealed

Ţ'REASINGGUNCARTRIDGEANDAIRHOSEREELOPTIONPROVIDESA 4HISONEUNIQUESMALLOPTIONHASGOTTWOBIGBENEǆTS
CONVENIENTERGONOMICANDQUICKTOOLFORTHEOPERATORTOCORRECTLY
- It allows the mechanics and/or the electricians to troubleshoot the
GREASETHEMACHINESOTHATTHEMACHINEOPERATESMOREEǈCIENTLY
equipment with the operator himself with a two-way radio
and longer.
- It is freeing the mechanic / electrician from carrying along the
SCHEMATICSDRAWING4HEMAINTENANCECREWBEINGSURETHATTHE
DOCUMENTATIONISONTHEBOARDWILLBEABLETOCOMEDIRECTLYTOTHE
EQUIPMENTTOBEǆXEDFROMANYWHEREONTHEPROPERTYTHUSHAVING
the unit quicker back to the production.
3!.$6)+#/5.4290!#+!'%!5342!,)!̉#,!33

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
ELECTRIC SYSTEM PRODUCT SAFETY
1 000 V Electric motors and cabinet painted blue FOR%OR$%VERSION !"!"RAKES

Ţ!53-$' Ţ4HISOPTIONASREQUIREDBY#3! -STANDARDISAPOSITIVE
Ţ4HEDIESELCOMPARTMENTBEINGAHOTPOINTANDONEOFTHEMAIN SAFETYFEATUREWHICHSURVEYSANDSECURESTHATTHEBRAKESYSTEMOF
SOURCEOFǆRETHEELECTRICWIRESRECEIVEANEXTRAPROTECTIONAGAINST the equipment continuously works 100% . The system automatically
ǆREASREQUIREDBYBOTH#ANADIAN#3! -AND!USTRALIAN-$' applies the emergency brakes when the operator has received a
15 standards. warning of the detected failure.
The system consists of :
All wiring ends labelled with PARTEX marking %LECTRICALEMERGENCYSTOPUSEDASANEMERGENCYPARKBUTTON
Ţ4HEIDENTIǆCATIONTAGOFTHEELECTRICWIRESWILLCONSTANTLYHELPTHE /NEORTWOHYDRAULICVALVESDEPENDINGONTHEPRODUCTMODEL
electric maintenance and troubleshooting of the equipment when - Four pressure switches.
necessary.
7AYOFWORKING
&LYGHTPUMPSTARTERANDSOCKETK76ERSION%ONLY - The brakes are applied when the valves are not supplied with power.
Ţ4HE&LYGHTPUMP!USTRALIANMODEL ISTHEMOSTCOMMONDRAINAGE - Pull and hold the stop button for a second to release the brakes.
water pump to dry the face area while drilling. - The service and emergency brake pressures are monitored with the
pressure switches.
!LLWIRINGINTHEENGINECOMPARTMENTSHEAVEDWITHAǆREPROOFCOVER - The audible and visual alarms go on when the emergency brake
pressure goes below 15 bar and service brake pressure below 110
Ţ!53!3AND!3 bar.
- The brakes are applied when the emergency brake pressure goes
!MBERSTROBELIGHT,%$ BELOWBARANDSERVICEBRAKEPRESSUREBELOWBAR
Ţ7HERETHEEQUIPMENTISSAFELYPARKEDTHEAMBERSTROBELIGHT
indicates the actual presence and position of the equipment which Hoist brackets painted red.
reduces the collision risks.
The red colour helps to identify the correct slinging points to be used
on the equipment.
"ATTERYJUMPSTART#!4JUMPSTART SYSTEM
Ţ4HISSYSTEMPROVIDESTHEUNITWITHASAFEANDQUICKMEANTO 2EǇECTIVETAPEBOTHENDSOFTHEMACHINECMp
receive battery power from another unit in case its own batteries are
empty. !SREQUIREDBYTHE#ANADIANSTANDARDS#3! -THEUNITIS
PROVIDEDWITHREǇECTIVETAPESTOBEEASILYVISIBLEEVENIFTHEMACHINE
stands in the dark with no lights on.
3!.$6)+#/5.4290!#+!'%!5342!,)!̉#,!33

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
$$$%
$3$%
$$$
$3$
$"
$$
$,
$,
$3
$,
AVAILABILITY
Drilling
Air cleaner IP5 for mine air net connection Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ ż ż ż Ɣ
!UTOMATICAIRǇUSHINGONROCKDRILLRETURN Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Air / water hose hooks Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Carrier
$EUTZ4#$ENGINEK74IER3TAGE)))!FOR$AND$%VERSIONONLY Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Engine with thermal insulation of turbo and exhaust system Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
)$PLATEFORWEIGHTOFFRONTANDREARCHASSISDIESELENGINEAXLES Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
%LECTRICǆLLINGPUMPDRILLINGHYDRAULICTANK Ɣ ż ż Ɣ ż ż ż ż ż ż
Rod racks Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
7HEELCHOCKSHOLDERWITHBRACKETSPCS Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
T back seat ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż
'REASINGGUNCARTRIDGEANDAIRHOSEREEL Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
'REASINGPUMPREELANDNOZZLE Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
'REASABLECARRIERHINGESALLEXCEPTDRILLINGCONTROLPANEL Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
7INGHEADSCREWSONALLOPENABLECOVERSANDDOORS Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Central articulation locking bar painted red Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Hand pump for brake release Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ ż ż ż Ɣ
(YDRAULICǆLLERCAPSPAINTEDRED Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
&3ǆREEXTINGUISHINGSYSTEMNOTCOMPATIBLEWITHWATERHOSEREEL Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
%NGLISHLABELLINGONOILANDFUELǆLLINGPOINTSWITHRECOMMENDEDOILTYPE Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
,ABELSINTHEOPERATORSTATIONFORALLMACHINEǆLTERSWITH)$PARTNUMBERSANDLOCATION Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Necessary technical documentation Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
$OCUMENTBOX Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Plastic hydraulic and electrical drawings sealed Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Electric system
1 000 V Electric motors and cabinet painted blue FOR%AND$%VERSIONONLY Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
All wiring ends labelled with PARTEX marking Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
&LYGHTPUMPSTARTERWITHSOCKET!USTRALIANMODEL K7FOR%VERSIONONLY Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
!LLWIRINGINTHEENGINECOMPARTMENTSHEAVEDWITHAǆREPROOFCOVER Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
!MBERSTROBELIGHT,%$ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
"ATTERYJUMPSTART#!4JUMPSTART SYSTEM Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Product safety
!"!BRAKES Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Hoist bracket painted red Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
2EǇECTIVETAPEBOTHENDSOFTHEMACHINE Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
ż ,QFOXGHGLQ6WDQGDUGXQLW
3!.$6)+#/-
3!.$6)+#/5.4290!#+!'%!5342!,)!̉#,!33

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
COUNTRY PACKAGE
8*ǫ'5,//6
6DQGYLNFRXQWU\SDFNDJH(XURSH(85LVFUHDWHGWRPHHW

WKHUHTXLUHPHQWVRI(XURSHDQVWDQGDUGV(1
DQG(1DQGWKHQHHGVRIRXUFXVWRPHUVLQWKLV COUNTRY PACKAGE
region.
EUROPE
7KLVSDFNDJHRƬHUVIXUWKHUVDIHW\LPSURYHPHQWVDQG
HQKDQFHVOLIHWLPHRIFHUWDLQNH\FRPSRQHQWV7KLVDOVR
DOORZVVWDQGDUGL]DWLRQDQGPRUHKDUPRQL]HGFRPSRQHQWV
DFURVVWKHSURGXFWUDQJHPDNLQJPDLQWHQDQFHDQGSDUWV
VXSSRUWHDVLHU
6$1'9,.&28175<3$&.$*((8523(ǫ8*'5,//6

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION 6DIHW\FDQRS\IRUXWLOLW\ERRP

r,IWKHPDFKLQHLVHTXLSSHGZLWKXWLOLW\ERRPWKH)236FHUWLƮHG
FDQRS\IRUXWLOLW\ERRPPXVWEHVHOHFWHG
2SHUDWRUoVPDQXDOVLQRƱFLDOFRXQWU\ODQJXDJH
r7KHRSHUDWRUPDQXDOLQFOXGHVZHLJKWGRFXPHQWVVDIHW\LQVWUXF
+DQGKHOGƮUHH[WLQJXLVKHU
WLRQVOLIWLQJLQVWUXFWLRQVYLEUDWLRQOHYHOQRLVHHPLVVLRQGHFODUDWLRQ
r[KDQGKHOGƮUHH[WLQJXLVKHULVGHOLYUHGZLWKWKHPDFKLQH
IRUPDFKLQHW\SHDQG(&GHFODUDWLRQRIFRQIRUPLW\(Machinery directive
(&
)LUHVXSSUHVVLRQV\VWHP
r0DQXDOƮUHVXSSUHVVLRQV\VWHP$%&W\SH
0DFKLQHZDUQLQJODEHOLQRƱFLDOFRXQWU\ODQJXDJH r$XWRPDWLFƮUHVXSSUHVVLRQV\VWHP$%&W\SHPDQGDWRU\ZLWK
r$OOPDFKLQHZDUQLQJODEHOVDUHLQRƱFLDOFRXQWU\ODQJXDJH DXWRPDWLRQDQGUHPRWHFRQWUROXQLWV
7UDPPLQJDODUP
&(PDUNLQJ r5HYHUVHDODUPZKHQWKHPDFKLQHLVLQUHYHUVHSRVLWLRQVWDUW
r0DFKLQHW\SHSODWHZLWK&(PDUNLQJ
&DUULHULQFOLQDWLRQLQGLFDWRUV
CARRIER r9LVXDOFRQWURORIWKHFDUULHUJUDGHDELOLW\DQGVLGHZD\VLQFOLQDWLRQ
%RRPVZLQJDQJOHLQGLFDWRU
'LHVHOHQJLQH0DFKLQHU\GLUHFWLYH(&DVDPHQGHGE\(8
r9LVXDOFRQWURORIERRPVZLQJDQJOH
r(XURSHDQHPLVVLRQGLUHFWLYHGHƮQHVWKHDFFHSWDEOHOLPLWVIRUGLHVHO
HQJLQHH[KDXVWJDVRIQHZPDFKLQHVVROGLQ(8
DRILLING SYSTEM
$FFHVVGHWHFWLRQV\VWHPV(1
(PHUJHQF\VWRSDORQJIHHGIRUIHHGVDQGWXUUHWZLWKPDQXDOURG
r6DQGYLN$FFHVV3URWHFWRUDQG$FFHVV'HWHFWRUDUHV\VWHPV
KDQGOLQJ
HQKDQFLQJVDIHUGULOOLQJRSHUDWLRQVE\GHFUHDVLQJULVNVFDXVHGE\
r2QHHPHUJHQF\VWRSLVDFFHVVLEOHZKHQWKHRSHUDWRULVQHDUE\WKH
KXPDQDFWLRQVDQGHUURUV7KHV\VWHPGHWHFWVDFFHVVIURPERWK
IHHG
VLGHVRIWKHGULOOULJ6DQGYLN$FFHVV3URWHFWRULVPDQGDWRU\LQXQLWV
ZLWKDXWRPDWLRQDQGUHPRWHFRQWURO
8QEUDNLQJV\VWHPIRU1&FDUULHURQO\
r+DQGSXPSIRUPDQXDOEUDNHUHOHDVH
6DIHW\FDELQ)236,62IRURSHUDWRUoVSURWHFWLRQ

r6RXQGSUHVVXUHOHYHO(1G%$
r$LUFRQGLWLRQLQJVHHWDEOHIRUWKHJDVVSHFLƮFDWLRQ
DD311DE
DS311DE
DD311D
DS311D
DD212
'%
DD311
'/
DS311
'%
$9$,/$%,/,7<
2SHUDWRUoVPDQXDOVLQRƱFLDOFRXQWU\ODQJXDJH Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
0DFKLQHZDUQLQJODEHOLQRƱFLDOFRXQWU\ODQJXDJH Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
&(PDUNLQJ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
'LHVHOHQJLQHZLWKORZOHYHOHPLVVLRQ
'HXW]7&'N:6WDJH9 Ɣ
'HXW]7&'N:6WDJH9 Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
'HXW]7&'N:6WDJH9 Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
$FFHVVGHWHFWLRQV\VWHPVSURWHFWRURUGHWHFWRU Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
8QEUDNLQJV\VWHP Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
)236FHUWLƮHGVDIHW\FDELQIRURSHUDWRUoVSURWHFWLRQ
$LUFRQGLWLRQLQJJDV)OXRULQDWHGJDV5DƮOOHGZHLJKWNJ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
COHTXLYDOHQWWRQV*OREDO:DUPLQJ3RWHQWLDO
$LUFRQGLWLRQLQJJDV)OXRULQDWHGJDV5DƮOOHGZHLJKWNJ
+DQGKHOGƮUHH[WLQJXLVKHU Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
)LUHVXSSUHVVLRQV\VWHPPDQXDORUDXWRPDWLF ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż
7UDPPLQJDODUP Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
&DUULHULQFOLQDWLRQLQGLFDWRUV Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
%RRPVZLQJDQJOHLQGLFDWRU Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
(PHUJHQF\VWRSDORQJIHHGIRUIHHGVDQGWXUUHWZLWKPDQXDOURGKDQGOLQJ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
Ɣ 2SWLRQLQFOXGHGLQWKLVSDFNDJH ż 2SWLRQPXVWEHVHOHFWHGVHSDUDWHO\
6$1'9,.&28175<3$&.$*((8523(ǫ8*'5,//6
ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
DD422iE
'/L(
DD422i
DS422i
'/L
'/L
DS512i
DD321
DD411
'/
$9$,/$%,/,7<
'/
DS411
2SHUDWRUoVPDQXDOVLQRƱFLDOFRXQWU\ODQJXDJH Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
0DFKLQHZDUQLQJODEHOLQRƱFLDOFRXQWU\ODQJXDJH Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
&(PDUNLQJ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
&XPPLQV%N:6WDJH9 Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ ż ż ż ż ż
&XPPLQV%N:6WDJH9 ż ż
$FFHVVGHWHFWLRQV\VWHPVSURWHFWRURUGHWHFWRU ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż
$LUFRQGLWLRQLQJJDV)OXRULQDWHGJDV5DƮOOHGZHLJKWNJ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
$LUFRQGLWLRQLQJJDV)OXRULQDWHGJDV5DƮOOHGZHLJKWNJ
Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
+DQGKHOGƮUHH[WLQJXLVKHU ż ż ż ż ż ż ż Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
)LUHVXSSUHVVLRQV\VWHPPDQXDORUDXWRPDWLF ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż ż
7UDPPLQJDODUP Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
&DUULHULQFOLQDWLRQLQGLFDWRUV Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
%RRPVZLQJDQJOHLQGLFDWRU Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
(PHUJHQF\VWRSDORQJIHHGIRUIHHGVDQGWXUUHWZLWKPDQXDOURGKDQGOLQJ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
DT821-C
DT1232i
DT1132i
DT912D
DT923i
DT922i
DT621
$9$,/$%,/,7<
2SHUDWRUoVPDQXDOVLQRƱFLDOFRXQWU\ODQJXDJH Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
0DFKLQHZDUQLQJODEHOLQRƱFLDOFRXQWU\ODQJXDJH Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
&(PDUNLQJ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
&XPPLQV%N:6WDJH9 ż ż ż ż
&XPPLQV%N:6WDJH9 ż ż
&XPPLQV%N:6WDJH9 ż
$FFHVVGHWHFWLRQV\VWHPVSURWHFWRURUGHWHFWRU ż ż ż ż ż ż ż
$LUFRQGLWLRQLQJJDV)OXRULQDWHGJDV5DƮOOHGZHLJKWNJ&2HTXLYDOHQWWRQV*OREDO
Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
:DUPLQJ3RWHQWLDO
$LUFRQGLWLRQLQJJDV)OXRULQDWHGJDV5DƮOOHGZHLJKWNJ&2HTXLYDOHQWWRQV*OREDO
Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
:DUPLQJ3RWHQWLDO
6DIHW\FDQRS\IRUXWLOLW\ERRP ż ż ż ż ż ż ż
+DQGKHOGƮUHH[WLQJXLVKHU Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
)LUHVXSSUHVVLRQV\VWHPPDQXDORUDXWRPDWLF ż ż ż ż ż ż ż
7UDPPLQJDODUP Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
&DUULHULQFOLQDWLRQLQGLFDWRUV Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
%RRPVZLQJDQJOHLQGLFDWRU Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ
(PHUJHQF\VWRSDORQJIHHGIRUIHHGVDQGWXUUHWZLWKPDQXDOURGKDQGOLQJ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ Ɣ

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP 6$1'9,.&28175<3$&.$*((8523(ǫ8*'5,//6
305 (310)
ARCTIC PACKAGE
FOR 301 CLASS
Sandvik Arctic Package is designed for DD311, DS311, MAIN COMPONENTS

DL321 and DL331 underground drills with cabin and Immersion resistor 3 x 4 000 W
allows the units to be operated in extremely low ambient Electric heater mats 3 x 1 650 W
temperature up to -30°C. The components on the drills Block heater 1 x 600 W
sensitive to extremely cold weather are equipped with Air intake heater 1 x 3 600 W
thermal heater elements, including electric resistors and Electric junction box JB222
electric mat heaters. Hydraulic oils Anti-freezing oils
Cabin heater is included in the Arctic Package as standard.
This package is not available with the following drill

versions:
Ţ &ULLDIESELANDDIESELELECTRICUNITS
Ţ 5NITSǆTTEDWITH5,#3!AND6SYSTEMS
1. ARCTIC PACKAGE FOR 301 CLASS

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
IMMERSION RESISTOR ELECTRIC HEATER MATS

Total resistance power 4 000 W Total resistance power 1 650 W
6OLTAGESUPPLY $IRECTMINEVOLTAGE 6 6OLTAGESUPPLY $IRECTMINEVOLTAGE 6
67
Thermo contact control
Ţ$RILLINGTANKLITERS Supplied by transformer into JB222
Ţ&UELTANKLITERS
Ţ$RIVINGTANKLITERS
Ţ"ATTERIES
Ţ7ATERTANKLITERS
Ţ!IROILER3,5
* Optional components

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
BLOCK HEATER DIESEL ENGINE AIR INTAKE HEATER

Resistance power 600 W Max. 52 seconds at -30°C
6 Preheating
Min. 38 seconds at +5°C
6OLTAGESUPPLY Supplied by transformer into
JB222 Max. 180 seconds at -30°C
Reheating
Min. 35 seconds at +25°C
6
Water coolant temperature
Supplied by JB8 Deutz tempera- Power resistance 3 600 W
sensor
ture control device 6OLTAGESUPPLY 6BATTERIES
HOW DOES THE DIESEL ENGINE AIR INTAKE HEATER WORK?
- Turn the contact key to start the engine

!IRINTAKERESISTORGOESAUTOMATICALLYONOǅACCORDINGTOTHE
PREHEATINGREHEATINGTIMEMANAGEMENT
ELECTRIC JUNCTION BOX

Electric junction box JB222 Supply mine power to heaters
3UPPLYANDMANAGEPOWERTO6
Electric junction box JB8
engine air intake heater
Note: There is no separate electric cable to powered heater device.

Main power comes from electric cable reel.
HOW DOES THE ELECTRIC JUNCTION BOX WORK?
- Install the machine near a voltage source

- Plug the electric cable to the gate end box
- Turn the main switch of the junction box JB222
4URNTHEMAINSWITCHTHEHEATINGSYSTEMISOPERATINGNOW
7HENǆNISHEDUSEREVERSESEQUENCES
- These operations can be done when the machine is drilling or
parked.

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
HYDRAULIC OILS
3 ways
Tramming oil tank heater 4%,,53368
Ball valves (1)
Drilling oil tank heater 4%,,53368
Antifreeze Fuchs Lubritech Cassida Fluid
Tank Compressor oil
Manual CR46
filling pump Shank lubricator grease Shell Air Tool oil S2 A32
Dana axle oil 3HELL3PIRAX348-%
Extra rear Cable reel gear box 3HELL3PIRAX348-%
bumper Gear box 3HELL3PIRAX3!4&!8
7INDSHIELDWASHER n# .#
Ball valve (2)
Grease for greasing pump unit 3HELL'ADUS36
%NGINEOILTYPE n# 5W30 - Rimula R6LME
%NGINEANTIFREEZECOOLANT n# SOT1767
2%342)#4)/.3̇7!2.).'̄̄̈
Antifreezing tank capacity 30 liters -ACHINEWITHCABINONLYEXCL$AND$%VERSION

$$$3$,$,
Filling pump Manual hand pump Availability
%LECTRICALOPTIONS6!#AND5,#3!ARE
excluded from this package.
WHAT FOR?
Deutz TCD2012, 74 kW, Tier 3, Stage IIIA
Diesel engine
instead of BF4M2011, 62 kW, Tier 2, Stage II
Antifreezing is used for bleeding the water injection line at the end of
a shift. This will prevent the water line from freezing.
0UMPǇYGHT Not available
HOW DOES THE ANTIFREEZING TANK WORK? Filling pump %LECTRICOILǆLLINGPUMPMANDATORY
1- Start the power pack.

2- Start the air compressor. )FTHEMACHINEISPARKEDWITHOUTANYHEATINGDEVICENO
3- Turn the water pump switch to zero position. VOLTAGEAVAILABLEORNOHEATINGTENT
!CTIVATETHEWATERǇUSHING - Bleed water tank if temperature is lower than 0°C
5- Turn the ball valve (1) TOTHEAIRǇUSHINGPOSITIONTOBLOWTHEWATER - Do no start engine when temperature is lower than
circuit.. -30°C
6- Set the lever of the gun to bleed the line if the machine includes - Bleed engine water coolant circuit if temperature is
the HP cleaner option. lower than -50°C
7- Turn the ball valve (1) to the in antifreeze injection position.
8- Open the ball valve (2) to release the compressed air from the
ǇUSHINGLINE
9- Do 15 pumping actions to inject antifreeze liquid to keep the water
ǇUSHINGACTIVE
10- Turn the ball valve (1) TOTHEAIRǇUSHINGPOSITIONTOBLOWTHEWATER
circuit.
11- Set the lever of the gun to bleed the line if the machine includes
the HP cleaner option.
12- Turn the ball valve (1) to the antifreeze injection position.
13- Open the ball valve (2) to release the compressed air from the
ǇUSHINGLINE
14- Open the drain ball valves to drain the water pump and water
SUPPLYCONNECTIONǆLTERINTHENORMALWAY
3ANDVIK-ININGRESERVESTHERIGHTTOMAKECHANGESTOTHEINFORMATIONONTHISDATASHEETWITHOUTPRIORNOTIǆCATIONTOUSERS0LEASECONTACTA3ANDVIK
REPRESENTATIVEFORCLARIǆCATIONONSPECIǆCATIONSANDOPTIONS
-).).'3!.$6)+#/-

ID: 7849D07186 en - B-29-03-2021 ER-PM-GP
www.sandvik.com

DS311 (B)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

DS311 (B)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Original instructions

DS311 Operator’s manual

To avoid death or injuries you MUST read, understand and follow

2 (310) Copyright © Sandvik Mining and Construction

b) the information contained in the document being misused, misinterpreted, ignored or

Copyright © Sandvik Mining and Construction 3 (310)

4 (310) Copyright © Sandvik Mining and Construction

1.1. The purpose of instructions........................................................... 12

1.2. Identification .................................................................................... 12

1.3. Copyright notice.............................................................................. 15

1.4. Definitions ....................................................................................... 15

2.1. Safety labels, safety messages and signals................................. 18

2.2. User obligations .............................................................................. 32

2.3. Product Limitations......................................................................... 35

Copyright © Sandvik Mining and Construction 5 (310)

2.3.6. Modifications ................................................................................................. 38

2.4. Hazard zones ................................................................................... 39

2.5. Safeguarding ................................................................................... 45

2.6. Complementary protective measures ........................................... 50

2.7. Protection against emission hazards............................................ 67

2.8. Emergency procedures .................................................................. 69

2.9. Safety considerations for maintenance ........................................ 70

2.10. Environment .................................................................................... 72

2.11. Potential product related hazards identified by the user ............ 74

2.12. Incident reporting............................................................................ 74

6 (310) Copyright © Sandvik Mining and Construction

3.1. Machine orientation ........................................................................ 76

3.2. Main circuits and components....................................................... 76

3.3. Instruments and controls ............................................................... 90

3.4. Main fuses and circuit breakers................................................... 113

4. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS ................................................................... 124

4.1. Operator’s instructions................................................................. 124

4.2. Main safety hazards in use or maintenance work...................... 125

4.3. Electric system operator's safety instructions........................... 127

4.4. Assembly and checking of a new machine ................................ 129

4.5. Daily checks................................................................................... 130

4.6. Brakes tests ................................................................................... 151

4.7. Tramming ..................................................................................... 157

Copyright © Sandvik Mining and Construction 7 (310)

4.8. Drilling ..................................................................................... 174

4.9. Bolting ..................................................................................... 211

5. ARCTIC PACKAGE (OPTIONAL) .............................................................. 220

5.1. Operating the Arctic package ...................................................... 220

5.2. Antifreeze tank............................................................................... 222

6. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS ......................................................................... 226

6.1. Use of stabilizers in case of diesel engine failure (default mode)...

6.2. Short distance towing................................................................... 230

6.3. Long distance towing ................................................................... 236

6.4. Electric cable end limit switches ................................................. 237

6.5. Transporting .................................................................................. 238

6.6. Lifting methods and lifting points ............................................... 239

6.7. Washing the rig ............................................................................. 242

6.8. Storing instructions ...................................................................... 243

8 (310) Copyright © Sandvik Mining and Construction

7.1. EMR Deutz electronic regulator ................................................... 247

8. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................ 252

Copyright © Sandvik Mining and Construction 9 (310)

10 (310) Copyright © Sandvik Mining and Construction

Copyright © Sandvik Mining and Construction 11 (310)

1.1. The purpose of instructions

1.2.1. Product type and serial number

NAME TYPE SERIAL N°

SUPPLY VOLTAGE V FREQUENCY Hz

WEIGHT OF THE FRONT CHASSIS Kgs